Quarterlytics / Financial Services / TP ICAP Group

TP ICAP Group

tcap · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker tcap
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · TP ICAP Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2015

T

u

l

l

e

t

t

P

r

e

b

o

n

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

5

 
 
 
 
 
Who we are

Tullett Prebon is one of the world’s largest 
interdealer brokers, and acts as an 
intermediary in the world’s major wholesale 
over-the-counter and exchange traded 
financial and commodity markets, facilitating 
the trading activities of its clients, in particular 
commercial and investment banks.

What we do
Our business covers five major product groups: Fixed 
Income Securities and their derivatives; Interest Rate 
Derivatives, Treasury Products, Equities and Energy. The 
business brokers the products on a Name Passing basis 
(where all counterparties to a transaction settle directly 
with each other), a Matched Principal basis (where the 
business is counterparty to both sides of a matching trade), 
or an Executing Broker basis (where the business executes 
transactions on certain regulated exchanges in accordance 
with client orders and then ‘gives-up’ the trade to the client). 
Tullett Prebon does not take any proprietary positions. 

Tullett Prebon operates a hybrid voice broking business, 
where brokers, supported by proprietary screens displaying 
historical data, analytics and real-time prices, discover 
price and liquidity for their clients; and through electronic 
platforms, which complement and support the voice 
broking capability.

Tullett Prebon also has an established information sales 
business, Tullett Prebon Information, which collects, 
cleanses, collates and distributes real-time information to 
data providers, and a Risk Management Services business, 
which provides clients with post-trade, multiproduct 
matching services.

This Annual Report has been prepared for, and only for, the members of the Company as a body, and no other persons. The Company, its Directors, employees, agents 
or advisers do not accept or assume responsibility to any other person to whom this document is shown or into whose hands it may come and such responsibility is 
expressly disclaimed. By their nature, the statements concerning the risks and uncertainties facing the Group in this Annual Report involve uncertainty since future 
events and circumstances can cause results and developments to differ materially from those anticipated. The forward-looking statements reflect knowledge and 
information available at the date of preparation of this Annual Report and the Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements. 
Nothing in this Annual Report should be construed as a profit forecast.

Financial Highlights

Underlying, before exceptional and acquisition 
related items 

Revenue

£796.0m

Operating profit 

£107.9m

Operating margin 

13.6%

Profit before tax 

£93.7m

Basic EPS 

32.2p

2014:
£703.5m

2014:
£100.7m

2014:
14.3%

2014:
£86.6m

2014:
32.3p

Reported, after exceptional and acquisition  
related items 

Profit before tax

£105.7m

Basic EPS

 34.0p

Dividend per share 

16.85p

2014:
£33.5m

2014:
11.2p

2014:
16.85p

4  

Chief Executive’s Review

Strategic Report
6 
7 

8 

Chairman’s Statement
Strategy and Objectives, Business Model  
and Risk Profile 
 Main Trends and Factors Likely to Affect  
the Future Development, Performance  
and Position of the Company’s Business

10  Overview
14  Operating Review
16 
19 
25 

Financial Review
Risk Management
Corporate Social Responsibility

Governance
Corporate Governance Report
27 
30 
Board of Directors
36  Directors’ Report
39 
53 

 Report on Directors’ Remuneration
 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Financial Statements
Group
54 

 Independent Auditor’s Report to  
the Members of Tullett Prebon plc
 Consolidated Income Statement
 Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income
 Consolidated Balance Sheet
 Consolidated Statement of  
Changes in Equity
 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
 Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements

58 
59 

60 
61 

62 
63 

Company 
104  Company Balance Sheet
105  Statement of Changes in Equity 
106 

 Notes to the Financial Statements

Shareholder Information
108  Shareholder Information

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  1

 
At a Glance

Our Goal
To become the world’s most trusted 
source of liquidity in hybrid OTC markets 
and the best operator in global hybrid 
voice broking.

Our Values

Our culture is founded on shared values and principles. These guide our decision-
making and behaviours, creating a sustainable business culture which respects the 
interests of our clients, our shareholders, our employees and other stakeholders. 

Our values are simple and central to everything we do:

Honesty
Integrity
Respect
Excellence

2  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Global Presence

24

countries

29

locations

2,694

brokers and staff

We operate in all the world’s major 
financial centres – with offices in 
24 countries and in 29 locations.

EMEA: 
London
Paris
Frankfurt 
Madrid
Luxembourg
Manama
Warsaw
Geneva
Dubai
Johannesburg
Vienna

Americas:
Connecticut
New York
Jersey City
New Jersey
Houston
Toronto
São Paulo
Mexico City

Asia Pacific:
Singapore 
Hong Kong
Tokyo
Shanghai
Seoul
Mumbai
Jakarta
Bangkok
Manila
Sydney

How we operate 

We provide our customers with voice, 
hybrid and electronic execution services 
and information sales for the five major 
product groups: Fixed Income Securities 
and their derivatives; Interest Rate 
Derivatives; Treasury Products; Equities 
and Energy. Our electronic execution 
methodologies include algorithmic bulk 
risk mitigation from our RMS business, 
volume matching and ‘Request For Quote’ 
execution in addition to our electronic 
central limit order books. Through this 
‘full service’ offering we are well placed 
to provide a flexible, competitive and 
compliant service to our customers, 
during a period of unprecedented 
market structural change. 

a ti o

Info r m

Fixed
Income

n   S a l e s   a n d Risk Management Servic

e

s 

Treasury
Products

Hybrid Voice
Broking
Platforms

Interest
Rates
Derivatives

Energy
and
Commodities

Equities

I
n

f
or

m

ation Sales and Risk  M a n a g e m e

e rvices 

n t S

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  3

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationChief Executive’s Review

2015 was an eventful and exciting year for Tullett Prebon and  
we have been able to show tangible progress on many fronts.

Against a challenging global markets backdrop, it is pleasing to 
be able to report a good performance. Revenue of £796m was 13% 
higher than in 2014, operating profit grew by 7% to £108m, and we 
delivered an operating margin of 13.6%. Each of our three regional 
businesses reported double-digit percentage revenue increases. 
Return on Capital Employed was maintained at 20%. 

At the product level it was a year of winners and losers. Energy, 
bolstered significantly by the acquisition of PVM in November  
2014 and MOAB in August 2015, was clearly our best performing 
business. Boosted by unprecedented movements and volatility 
in the price of oil, Energy and commodities’ revenues were up by 
102%. Additionally our data business Tullett Prebon Information 
and our Risk Management Services business also continued to 
thrive, posting revenues up 15%. Finally, our Equities business 
posted revenues up 11%. 

In contrast, our Fixed Income business continued to underperform 
on the back of a weakening global economy, flat yield curves and 
growing concerns about liquidity. As a result, we experienced lower 
market activity and revenues in a number of traditional products 
namely: Fixed Income (-10%); Treasury Products (-5%) and Interest 
Rate Derivatives (-4%). 

Implementing our refreshed strategy 
Shortly after joining as Chief Executive, I commissioned a strategic 
review of the global broking market environment and the cyclical 
and secular trends we faced. 

This work drew on the knowledge and experience of many people 
in our firm, including our senior leaders. A crucial conclusion which 
this review independently validated, was the affirmation of our 
belief in the central role that hybrid voice broking plays and will 
continue to play, at the heart of world financial markets. So we 
fixed our goal to become the world’s most trusted source of 
liquidity in hybrid OTC markets and the best operator in global 
hybrid voice broking. 

The strategic review process culminated in the launch of our Ten 
Arrows, each of which has a number of projects and workstreams 
which are designed to optimise the existing business and to pursue 
opportunities to add new high quality revenue and earnings to 
the Group. 

The early benefits of our strategy and the strong foundations we 
have put in place are already becoming visible and we are executing 
well against the key elements of our plan. 

Investing in products and people 
Through investment in people and products and our client 
relationships we have continued to develop additional 
efficient business solutions and to generate improvements 
in operational performance. 

New products 
Our broad market footprint and understanding of market 
trends combined with a proven capability for product innovation 
enabled us to deliver a number of new products, services and 
technology offerings. 

In May, we launched the Tullett Prebon Alternative Investments 
Matching Engine, TP-AIME, the first screen-based matching engine 
to facilitate transactions in alternative investments such as hedge 
fund, private equity and real estate fund interests. 

Building on PVM’s highly regarded energy data assets, Tullett 
Prebon Information (‘TPI’) deepened its global crude, refined and 
middle distillates coverage. This will help corporates, banks and 
trading companies to manage risk and mark to market both 
physical and paper based positions in these markets. 

TPI also signed an exclusive agreement with Numerco to distribute 
nuclear fuel data and separately added biofuel, ethanol and palm 
oil products pricing data to its coverage.

We announced the launch of tpSynrex, a joint venture between 
Tullett Prebon and Synrex delivering a new institutional all-to-all 
real estate trading portal for the issuance and secondary trading 
of indirect real estate risk. 

We added capabilities in ETFs, iron ore, renewables, and 
environmental energy. All of these are suitable for clients in 
both our traditional investment bank client base and for a 
wider array of participants on the buyside.

New people 
We further strengthened our management team in 2015 with a 
number of new senior personnel appointments at the Group level. 
Mihiri Jayaweera was appointed Global Head of Strategy. Giles 
Triffitt joined as Chief Risk Officer. Luke Barnett was appointed 
Chief Information Officer and Alan Whittaker was appointed 
Chief Administrative Officer. Finally, Nicolas Breteau was 
appointed Chief Commercial Officer. 

These additions come after the previously announced Group level 
appointments of a new Group General Counsel, Philip Price; a new 
Group Head of HR, Carrie Heiss; and a new Group Head of 
Communications, Stephen Breslin.

Our Culture 
We have launched a number of initiatives to enhance our 
commitment to improved conduct and culture: Respect @ 
Work training for all staff; regular ‘Time for Change’ newsletters; 
a new on-line training portal called tp²; the introduction of a 
robust performance management process as well as a new Code 
of Conduct. In 2015 we issued a significant number of new HR, 
compliance and operations policies and we completed major 
exercises with the UK FCA regarding our culture and FX businesses 
(including training sessions for brokers). We have also significantly 
upgraded our risk management function and risk measurement 
frameworks, including the appointment of Carol Sargeant as 
Non-executive Director and Chairman of the Board Risk Committee.

We view our capabilities in these areas as valuable distinguishing 
characteristics, and believe that they provide reassurance to clients 
that we have the frameworks, processes and monitoring checks in 
place to ensure that all business done is executed to the highest 
standards. This benefits our clients, our employees and ultimately 
our shareholders – and is part of the value proposition that we 
offer. Our work in this area is not over but I am confident we have 
turned a corner and we are making progress. 

Acquisitions to accelerate delivery of our strategy 
As well as pursuing organic growth initiatives we have taken 
opportunities this year to deploy capital for bolt-on acquisitions. 
In January, we accelerated the growth of our US operations with 
the acquisition of 40 brokers from New York-based inter-dealer 
brokerage firm, Murphy & Durieu, a company with proven 
expertise and access to deep liquidity pools in a diverse range of 
fixed income products including corporate, convertible, municipal, 
high yield, distressed and government securities.

4  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

The deal took the total number of Tullett Prebon brokers in the 
Americas to 543 at period end, re-establishing our critical mass, 
further strengthening our fixed income credentials and underlining 
our commitment to the US and to the fixed income asset class. 

In July we announced the acquisition of the US oil brokerage firm, 
MOAB, a leading independent broker of physical and financial 
instruments in the energy markets in the US, with expertise in 
physical gasoline, gasoline blending components, oil product swaps, 
ethanol, ethanol derivatives, natural gas financial derivatives and 
distillates. MOAB is an excellent fit with our existing crude oil and 
energy broking activities and the acquisition is consistent with our 
strategic aim to build our global energy and commodities franchise.

Buying is one thing, integrating, retaining and leveraging is 
another, and we are showing that we can do that as well. To 
date, our investment returns on PVM are significantly higher 
than we targetted. 

We expect that in the coming years we will invest in more 
acquisitions. However we will only acquire businesses which are 
appropriately priced and clearly support our strategic objectives. 
At the same time, we will maintain a conservative but efficient 
balance sheet. Shareholders rightly expect our investments to 
generate appropriate returns and this is part of our rigorous 
investment appraisal process. 

Awards and recognition from our clients 
As in previous years, Tullett Prebon won plaudits in 2015 from 
our clients and the industry. A selection of awards includes: 

•  Top broker for FX options 2015 by FX Week Best Bank Awards; 
•  SEF of the year at the GlobalCapital 2015 awards;
•  Overall IDB in currency in Risk Magazine’s annual Interdealer 

Rankings 2015;

•  Best data provider for the 5th consecutive year at Inside Market 

Data Awards; and

•  Top broker in Electricity by Risk & Energy Risk.

These are testament to our excellence in products, services and 
execution capabilities and we are grateful to our clients for their 
continued approbation and confidence in us. 

Regulatory overview
In the US, we were pleased that our swap execution facility (‘SEF’), 
which was granted temporary registration by the CFTC in 2013, 
was granted permanent registration in January 2016.

In Europe, the introduction of MiFID II and MiFIR is currently set 
to become effective from 3 January 2018.

We completed some significant workstreams with the UK FCA 
including our 2015 ICAAP, a thematic review on incentives, a 
review of the effectiveness of market conduct controls, a deep-dive 
on our FX business and proactive engagement with board 
members and executives. We are now also in the process of 
reviewing the implications of a possible UK ‘no’ vote in the 
upcoming Brexit Referendum. 

Signing an agreement to acquire the ICAP Global 
Broking Business 
Of great significance was the signing in late 2015 of the agreement to 
acquire the hybrid voice broking and information business of ICAP 
(‘IGBB’), which, if approved by shareholders and the relevant 
authorities, will transform our position in the global brokerage market. 

The deal combines the complementary strengths of two leading 
global hybrid voice broking franchises to create the largest player 
in the industry. It brings with it over 2,500 talented ICAP employees 
across 35 locations in 22 countries and the combined business will 
employ around 5,500 total staff with historical revenues in excess 
of £1.5bn. 

It will be the beginning of a new era for our Company and will 
provide an enlarged base from which to continue to pursue 
our refreshed strategy and enhance our offering to current and 
future clients. 

We firmly believe that this acquisition, to create TP ICAP, is the right 
deal for our shareholders, our clients and our employees and we 
have started preparatory planning for the integration of the two 
businesses. We also continue to focus, nevertheless, on optimising 
our existing business and providing our clients with high quality 
products and services. 

The year ahead 
On the back of weak economic news from China, 2016 has started 
with dramatic market moves to the downside in global equity 
markets, further weakness and volatility in the crude oil market and 
poor earnings and share price performance from the banks. This 
global downturn has effectively put the short term prospects of a 
second US rate hike on hold. In addition, ongoing tensions in the 
Middle East, Russia and the Eurozone, not forgetting Greece and the 
prospect of Brexit and the US Presidential election in 2016 – means 
that there is plenty of scope for market activity and volatility. 

Our achievements in 2015 are, of course, down to the people 
who work for Tullett Prebon. So I would like to thank all my 
colleagues for their enduring dedication and commitment to our 
clients and our Company. Certain characteristics unite our people: 
they are down to earth, responsive to client needs, experts in their 
fields, entrepreneurial and creative. Those qualities sustain and 
strengthen us and will hold us in very good stead as we take on 
the exciting challenge of creating TP ICAP. 

Looking forward, we can expect more challenges and more 
opportunities and with the ongoing help and hard work of all of the 
talented people at Tullett Prebon I remain confident that we will 
rise to them all. 

As ever, we have numerous challenges in the year ahead. 
Regulatory and investor approval for the acquisition of IGBB is 
pending and the subsequent integration and realisation of the 
forecast synergies will be key. In addition, we can expect weakness 
from our traditional products that are derived from the banks, 
as a result of their reduced trading capacity. Under the headings 
of technology, people and regulation there are a broad range of 
projects and milestones that will need to be attained. And finally, 
we will continue to rely on the trust and respect of our clients 
to carry the firm forward. 

We have much work to do in the year ahead, but we approach 
this with a growing sense of optimism and an absolute sense 
of purpose.

John Phizackerley
Chief Executive 
1 March 2016

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  5

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationOutlook
We achieved a good overall financial performance in 2015 against 
the backdrop of a challenging trading environment and subdued 
client demand.

The business’s revenue is dependent, in the short term, on the 
level of activity in the markets we serve. Revenue in the first two 
months of 2016 was 3% lower than in the same period in 2015 at 
constant exchange rates. Consistent with the trends experienced 
in 2015, revenue from Information Sales and Risk Management 
Services, and broking revenue in Energy and Equities was higher 
than in the prior year, offset by lower broking revenue in the 
traditional interdealer product areas of Treasury products, 
Interest Rate Derivatives and Fixed Income.

It is not possible to predict when the structural and cyclical factors 
currently adversely affecting the interdealer broker industry will 
ease, or when the level of activity in the wholesale OTC financial 
markets may increase. Our recent performance has benefited from 
the buoyant level of activity in the Energy and commodities 
markets, particularly in oil and oil related financial instruments, 
and this level of activity may not persist. We have taken further 
cost improvement action and we will continue to actively manage 
our cost base to reflect market conditions.

We took a number of initiatives during 2015 in pursuit of our goal 
to become the world’s most trusted source of liquidity in hybrid 
OTC markets and the best operator in global hybrid voice broking. 
The agreement for the acquisition of ICAP’s global hybrid voice 
broking and information business provides a unique opportunity 
to accelerate the delivery of our strategy, and we are in the 
process of planning the integration of the two businesses to be 
implemented after completion of the transaction which we 
expect will be during 2016.

We will continue to look for opportunities to deliver our objectives 
to build revenue and raise the quality and quantity of earnings 
through further diversification of the client base, continued 
expansion into Energy and commodities, and building scale in 
the Americas and Asia Pacific, whilst preserving the business’s 
core franchises.

Rupert Robson
Chairman 
1 March 2016

Strategic Report

Chairman’s Statement

I am pleased to report that 2015 was a year of significant progress 
for the Company. 

John Phizackerley – who is known both inside and outside the 
business as ‘Phiz’ – our Chief Executive who joined Tullett Prebon 
in September 2014, concluded his strategic review evaluating our 
position and prospects in each of our products and markets around 
the world. The Company now has the clearly articulated goal to 
become the world’s most trusted source of liquidity in hybrid OTC 
markets and the best operator in global hybrid voice broking, and 
Phiz has launched a number of initiatives to deliver the plan.

Amongst the many strategic initiatives that were taken in 2015, 
the most significant was the announcement in November that 
the Company had agreed terms with ICAP plc for Tullett Prebon 
to acquire ICAP’s global hybrid voice broking and information 
business, including ICAP’s associated technology and broking 
platforms (including iSwap and Fusion), certain of ICAP’s joint 
ventures and associates, and certain intellectual property rights 
including the ‘ICAP’ name.

The transaction will combine the complementary strengths of two 
leading global hybrid voice broking franchises, and will establish a 
stronger platform to deliver our objectives. On completion of the 
transaction (or shortly thereafter), the Company will be renamed 
‘TP ICAP plc’ or a derivation thereof. 

Completion of the transaction is subject to a number of conditions 
being satisfied including approvals from competition authorities 
and regulatory authorities, and consents from the shareholders of 
both companies and various other parties. We expect to complete 
the transaction during 2016. 

Trading and dividend
Revenue of £796m in 2015 was 13% higher than in 2014 with 
underlying operating profit increasing by 7% to £108m. The 
underlying operating profit margin in 2015 of 13.6% is 0.7% points 
lower than in 2014 reflecting the investments being made in the 
business. Underlying earnings per share for 2015 of 32.2p are 0.1p 
lower than for 2014, reflecting the increase in the average number 
of shares in issue following the acquisition of PVM.

The Board is recommending an unchanged final dividend of 11.25p 
per share, making the total dividend for the year 16.85p per share 
(2014: 16.85p per share). The final dividend will be payable on 19 
May 2016 to shareholders on the register at close of business on 
29 April 2016.

Board and governance
I noted last year that the Board had spent a considerable amount 
of time reviewing its risk management governance arrangements 
and its risk management framework, and that one of the 
conclusions from the review was that the Board should appoint 
a new Non-executive director with extensive experience in risk 
management. In July the Board was delighted to welcome Carol 
Sergeant as a Non-executive Director and chairman of the Board’s 
new Risk Committee. Carol has had a long and distinguished career 
in the City and her extensive knowledge of financial markets and 
expertise in risk and regulation will be of great value to the Board. 

We have continued to actively engage with shareholders 
during 2015, and I believe that we have established a useful and 
constructive dialogue to ensure that the Board stays abreast of the 
development of shareholder views on governance, remuneration, 
and other key issues.

6  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Strategy and Objectives, Business 
Model and Risk Profile

Strategy and Objectives
The Group’s strategy is to continue to develop its business, 
operating as an intermediary in the wholesale OTC and exchange-
traded financial and commodity markets, with the scale and 
breadth to deliver superior performance and returns, underpinned 
by strong financial management disciplines, and without actively 
taking credit and market risk.

The Company’s goal is to become the world’s most trusted source 
of liquidity in hybrid OTC markets and the world’s best operator in 
global hybrid voice broking.

In order to deliver this strategy the Group will aim:

(1)  to provide a high quality broking service to clients, facilitating 
their trading activity through developing and maintaining 
strong pools of liquidity across all major asset classes and 
all major financial centres;

(2)  to develop revenue streams from information and other non-

broking services related to financial and commodity markets; and

(3)  to deliver superior and consistent operating margins and return 

on capital by:
(a)  maintaining cost discipline and flexibility in the cost base;
(b)  maintaining a prudent financial structure; and
(c)  operating an effective risk management governance 

structure and risk management framework so that the 
Group can manage its risks within its risk appetite.

Following the conclusion of the global strategic review in the  
first half of 2015, the Company announced the launch of ten 
key initiatives (the ‘Ten Arrows’) each of which has a number 
of projects and work streams which are designed to optimise 
the existing business and to pursue opportunities to add new 
high quality revenue and earnings to the Group.

The first four arrows of the Ten Arrows are focused on building 
revenue in the most attractive areas of the Group’s markets. 
The Group will:

(1)  seek to add brokers to maintain and grow presence in those 

products with high relative market attractiveness and where 
the business has a high relative ability to compete, and to 
invest in those products that have high market attractiveness 
where the business’s presence can be developed;

(2)  seek to continue to build the business’s activities in Energy 

and commodities;

(3)  look to extend the business’s broking offering to service 
clients who have not traditionally been served by the 
interdealer brokers in those products where the market 
is receptive to a broadening of the client base; and

(4)  continue to develop the Information Sales business where the 
product suite and delivery channels can be further developed.

The remainder of the Ten Arrows are focused on improving the 
functions in the business that support the revenue generating 
divisions. The Group will:

(1)  invest in technology including both front office and back office 
systems and realign the mix between owned and outsourced 
platforms to maximise the business’s intellectual property to 
seek to ensure that the hybrid voice broking business and 
Information Sales have the technology richness and capability 
that customers seek;

(2)  invest in client relationship management and introduce new 

focus and discipline to how the business targets and covers 
existing and new clients to seek to broaden and institutionalise 
client relationships;

(3)  develop the business’s capability to source, execute and 

integrate acquisitions;

(4)  work within a robust investment framework so that the 

business allocates capital and resources to areas where the 
most value can be created, taking account of risks and the 
impact of regulation;

(5)  develop the HR function and processes to focus on hiring 

and training the next generation of brokers and to manage 
compensation appropriately to encourage good long term 
cultural behaviours; and

(6)  seek to improve the business’s brand awareness and coverage.

Business model and risk profile
The Group’s business model is based on generating a return from 
providing a facilitation service to clients, enabling them to trade 
efficiently and effectively. This service can be provided without 
actively taking credit and market risk.

In accordance with the risk appetite set by the Board, the Group 
is willing to accept a limited exposure to certain risks as a 
consequence of its activities, primarily to counterparty credit risk 
and operational risk, and also to a limited amount of market risk. 
This is reflected in the business model adopted by the Group 
whereby it acts only as an intermediary in the financial markets. 
The Group’s risk management policies explicitly prohibit any active 
taking of trading risk and the Group does not trade for its own 
account. The Group’s operational risks include the risk of business 
disruption, employee error and the failure of a business process or 
IT system, as well as the risk of litigation.

The broking business of the Group is conducted through three 
distinct models: the Name Passing model (also known as ‘Name 
Give-Up’); the Matched Principal model; and the Executing 
Broker model.

Name Passing
Around 75% of the Group’s broking revenue is derived from Name 
Passing activities, where the Group is not a counterparty to the 
trade, and where its exposure to a client is limited to outstanding 
invoices for commission. Almost all of the Group’s activities in 
derivatives, such as forward FX, FX options, interest rate swaps, 
interest rate options, credit derivatives, and the vast majority of 
the Energy and commodities activities are conducted under the 
Name Passing model.

The level of invoiced receivables is monitored closely, by individual 
clients and in aggregate, and there have been very few instances in the 
past few years when invoiced receivables have not been collected.

Matched Principal
Around 20% of the Group’s broking revenue is derived from 
Matched Principal activities, where the Group is the counterparty 
to both sides of a matching trade. The vast majority of the Group’s 
activities conducted under the Matched Principal model are in 
government and agency bonds, municipal bonds, mortgage 
backed securities, and corporate bonds.

The Group bears the risk of counterparty default during the period 
between execution and settlement of the trade. In the event of a 
counterparty default prior to settlement in a Matched Principal 
trade, the Group’s exposure is not to the trade date value of the 
underlying instrument, but to the movement in that value between 
trade date and the date of default, and so the Group’s exposure 
becomes a market risk. This risk is mitigated by the use of central 

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  7

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationStrategic Report continued

counterparty services and other default risk transfer agreements, 
where appropriate, and by taking swift action to close out any 
position that arises as a result of a counterparty default. The Group 
does undertake, under strict controls, a limited amount of Matched 
Principal broking where a counterparty is buying its own securities, 
and in these circumstances in the event of that counterparty 
defaulting prior to settlement the risk of loss in the value of the 
underlying instrument is heightened. 

To mitigate settlement risk the Group’s risk management policies 
require that transactions are undertaken on a strict delivery-versus-
payment basis.

The Group’s Matched Principal activity also gives rise to limited 
market risk as a result of the infrequent residual balances which 
result from the Group’s failure to match clients’ orders precisely 
or through broker error.

The Group’s Matched Principal activities give rise to liquidity risk 
as the settlement agents and central counterparty services used by 
the Group can call for increased cash collateral or margin deposits 
at short notice and the Group may be required to fund a purchase 
of a security before the delivery of that security on to the Group’s 
matching counterparty.

Once a Matched Principal transaction has settled (usually 1-3 days 
after trade date), there is no on-going risk for the business.

Executing Broker
Around 5% of the Group’s broking revenue is derived from the 
business operating as an Executing Broker, where the Group 
executes transactions on certain regulated exchanges as per client 
orders, and then ‘gives-up’ the trade to the relevant client (or its 
clearing member). The majority of the Group’s revenue generated 
under the Executing Broker model relates to listed equity 
derivatives and listed interest rate futures and options on futures.

The Group is exposed to short term pre-settlement risk during the 
period between the execution of the trade and the client claiming 
the trade. This exposure is minimal, as under the terms of the 
‘give-up’ agreements the Group has in place with its clients, trades 
must be claimed by the end of the trade day. The Group is also 
exposed to some liquidity risk as exchanges and clearers may 
require additional cash collateral or margin deposits at short 
notice if trades have not been claimed.

Once the trade has been claimed, the Group’s only exposure to 
the client is for the invoiced commission receivable.

Main Trends and Factors Likely to 
Affect the Future Development, 
Performance and Position of the 
Company’s Business

The level of financial market volatility and the 
shape and level of yield curves 
The Group generates revenue from commissions it earns by 
facilitating and executing customer orders. The level of revenue 
is substantially dependent on customer trading volumes. The 
volumes of transactions the Group’s customers conduct with 
it are affected by the level of volatility in financial markets, by 
the steepness and absolute level of yield curves, as well as by 
customers’ risk appetite, and by their willingness and ability 
to trade.

Volatility is one of the key drivers of activity in the financial 
markets. During periods of market turbulence the level of volatility 
tends to be high and the business benefits from the increased 
volumes that occur during such periods. Levels of activity in the 
financial markets can reduce sharply, however, when high volatility 
is overshadowed by structural uncertainty, resulting in a reduction 
in risk appetite amongst clients. During periods of low volatility the 
level of financial market activity is generally lower, and the volume 
of transactions undertaken by the business on behalf of its clients 
tends to be lower.

The steepness and absolute level of yield curves is one of the key 
drivers of activity in financial markets. When yield curves are flat 
and low the level of activity tends to be lower than when yield 
curves are steep and both short and long term interest rates 
are higher.

Commodity price volatility
The Group’s largest product group by revenue is Energy 
and commodities, including oil and oil related products and 
financial instruments. Activity in these markets tends to 
increase during periods of rapid change in commodity prices, 
and to be more subdued when prices are stable.

The impact of the changing regulatory environment 
for the Group’s customers
Since the financial crisis in 2008 regulators worldwide have been 
adopting an increased level of scrutiny in supervising the financial 
markets and have been generally tightening the capital, leverage 
and liquidity requirements of commercial and investment banks, 
and taking steps to limit or separate their activities in order to 
reduce risk.

The level of the Group’s revenue is substantially dependent on 
customer trading volumes. The volumes of transactions the Group’s 
customers conduct with it have been affected by their reaction to 
the actions being taken by regulators which have generally reduced 
their risk appetite and their willingness and ability to trade. 

8  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

The impact of new regulations directly affecting 
OTC markets and the costs of complying with 
new regulations
Part of the regulatory reforms being introduced relates directly 
to the operation of OTC derivatives markets, which are the most 
important markets for the Group. The regulatory reforms of the 
OTC derivatives markets are being effected in the United States 
through the implementation by the CFTC and the Securities 
Exchange Commission (‘SEC’) of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank 
Act, and in the European Union through the European Markets 
Infrastructure Regulation (‘EMIR’) and the Markets in Financial 
Instruments Directive (‘MiFID II’) and Markets in Financial 
Instruments Regulation (‘MiFIR’). There are four broad themes 
to the reforms:

•  the requirement that certain derivatives contracts be cleared 

through central counterparties;

•  the requirement for trades to be reported to trade repositories;
•  enhanced pre- and post- trade transparency; and
•  the requirement that trades in derivatives contracts which are 

required to be cleared are executed through regulated execution 
venues (the Swap Execution Facility in the United States, and the 
regulated market, multilateral trading facility (‘MTF’) or the 
organised trading facility (‘OTF’) in the European Union).

In the United States, the phasing in of mandatory clearing of 
certain interest rate swaps and credit default index swaps 
commenced in March 2013. With respect to trade execution and 
reporting, the final rules relating to SEFs were published by the 
CFTC on 4 June 2013. The Group’s SEF, which was granted 
temporary registration by the CFTC in September 2013, was 
granted permanent registration by the CFTC in January 2016. The 
SEF started operating on 2 October 2013 when the rules for the 
capture and reporting of all trades in instruments within the scope 
of the regulations came into effect. The requirement for the 
mandatory execution within a SEF of trades in instruments that 
have been determined by the CFTC to be ‘made available to trade’ 
first came into effect for certain instruments in February 2014.

In the European Union, the implementation of EMIR, which 
contains provisions governing mandatory central clearing 
requirements and trade reporting requirements for certain OTC 
derivatives, is coming into effect in stages as the various technical 
standards are approved. The mandatory reporting of the details of 
all relevant derivatives contracts to recognised trade repositories 
came into effect from February 2014. The first clearing obligations 
are expected to come into effect in June 2016, and margin 
requirements for non-cleared trades are expected to apply from 
September 2016.

The legislative framework governing permissible trade execution 
venues, and governance and conduct of business requirements for 
trading venues, through the introduction of MiFID II and MiFIR is 
currently set to become effective from 3 January 2018.

MiFID II/MiFIR reform the regulatory framework for capital markets 
in the European Union, providing harmonised conditions for the 
authorisation and operation of investment firms and trading 
venues, conduct of business requirements, pre- and post-trade 
transparency arrangements, trading of certain OTC derivatives on 
regulated trading venues in certain conditions, and arrangements 
for the cross-border provision of investment and ancillary services. 
The rules create a new type of trading venue (the OTF) for, among 
other things, Fixed Income instruments and derivatives, and require 
management of position limits for commodities derivatives. 
The broad reach of MiFID II/MiFIR reforms will present risks and 
challenges to the Group as a provider of investment and ancillary 
services, including as an operator of regulated trading venues.

The reforms are likely to have an effect on the Group’s business 
and the revenue the business is able to generate from its activities, 
including potentially through changes in commission rates, the size 
of the market that is intermediated, or the Group’s market share. In 
addition significant expenditure is expected to be incurred in order 
to comply with the regulations, including the costs of implementing 
business and technology changes, the development and running of 
technical infrastructure and associated operational costs.

Competition for brokers and the level of 
broker compensation
The Group competes with other interdealer brokers for staff. 
The costs of employing front office broking staff is currently the 
largest cost faced by the Group. The effect of the competition 
for broking staff can result in an increase in staff costs, or if staff 
leave the Group, can result in the loss of capability, customer 
relationships and expertise. The ability of the Group to maintain 
broker compensation at its current level or to reduce broker 
compensation further will be affected by the extent of 
competition for brokers by other firms.

Management of the cost base
The Group actively manages its cost base to support its profitability 
as circumstances require it. The Group has in the past undertaken 
major restructuring programmes involving the exit or restructuring 
of contracts of staff, and the exit from certain activities.

As the level of activity and revenue in the traditional interdealer 
product areas has fallen over the last few years, action has been 
taken in the product areas and geographies most affected to align 
the cost base with the lower level of revenue. The objectives of the 
cost improvement programmes have been to reduce fixed costs, to 
preserve the variable nature of broker compensation and to reduce 
it as a percentage of broking revenue, in order to ensure that the 
business is well positioned to respond to less favourable market 
conditions and to maintain operating margins.

The Group may undertake further cost improvement and 
restructuring programmes from time to time in the future, and 
any such future action might involve significant costs or have 
a disruptive effect on the Group’s business, or the anticipated 
benefits of any actions might not be realised in full.

Changes in the carrying value of goodwill
The Group’s consolidated balance sheet includes a balance 
relating to goodwill arising through business combinations. The 
initial recognition of goodwill represents the excess of the costs 
of acquisitions over the identifiable net assets of the entities 
acquired. The carrying value of the goodwill allocated to each 
region is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Impairment 
testing requires that the estimated value of the business in each 
region is compared with the balance sheet carrying value of the 
business in that region, including goodwill, and any shortfall is 
recognised as an impairment of goodwill.

The estimated value of the business for each region is based 
on calculations reflecting projections of future cash flows and 
assumptions on growth rates and discount rates. The projections 
of future cash flows reflect the current performance and position 
of each business without taking into account further investment 
for growth or further actions to reduce costs. Changes in the 
estimated value of the business for each region from time to time 
may result in impairments in the carrying value of goodwill.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  9

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationStrategic Report continued

Litigation costs and settlements
Legal action has in the past been taken by the Group to seek to 
enforce its contractual and other legal rights, and the Group may 
consider it necessary to take such action in the future. The costs 
of such actions, and the settlements and awards that may be 
received as a result, and the costs of defending actions taken 
against the Group, may be significant.

The proposed acquisition of IGBB
On 11 November 2015, the Company announced that it had 
agreed terms with ICAP for the acquisition by Tullett Prebon 
of ICAP’s global hybrid voice broking and information business 
(‘IGBB’), including ICAP’s associated technology and broking 
platforms (including iSwap and Fusion), certain of ICAP’s joint 
ventures and associates, and certain intellectual property 
rights including the ‘ICAP’ name.

Completion is conditional upon, amongst other matters, approval 
by the shareholders of both ICAP and the Company, regulatory 
approvals, and antitrust approvals and clearances in the UK, US 
and other relevant jurisdictions.

The Transaction will combine the complementary strengths of 
two leading global hybrid voice broking franchises to create the 
largest player in the industry with historical revenue in excess of 
£1.5 billion employing over 3,000 brokers. The Transaction will 
establish a stronger platform to deliver Tullett Prebon’s objectives 
of becoming the world’s best operator in global hybrid voice 
broking and the most trusted source of liquidity in the hybrid OTC 
markets. The Transaction is expected to facilitate the delivery of 
significant management and support cost synergies of at least 
£60 million by the third full year following Completion. 

The Group’s success will be dependent upon its ability to integrate 
the two businesses and to deliver the synergies expected. Costs 
will be incurred on the integration planning process prior to 
completion, there will be numerous challenges and significant 
cost associated with the integration, and the process will make 
demands on management time and on other resources which 
may delay other projects or may restrict the ability of the Group 
to invest in business development. 

Overview

Our strategic review, the results of which were communicated to 
the market in June last year, concluded that the central role played 
by interdealer brokers at the heart of the global wholesale OTC 
markets remains secure, but that revenue declines were likely to 
continue in a number of traditional interdealer broker products. 
The review concluded that the Energy and commodities markets 
do not currently face all the same pressures.

Market conditions in 2015 were consistent with these conclusions. 
Activity in many of the traditional interdealer broker products 
remained subdued throughout 2015 although after a slow summer 
period there was some pick-up in activity in some products and 
markets in the last two months of the year. In contrast, activity in 
the Energy and commodities markets, particularly in oil and oil 
related financial products, was buoyant reflecting the significant 
changes and volatility in oil prices throughout the year.

We have continued to actively manage the direct cost base to 
reflect market conditions. In light of the reductions in market 
volumes in the traditional interdealer broker product areas in the 
second half of the year further cost improvement action was taken 
towards the end of 2015 to reduce headcount and other fixed costs 
in the products and geographies most affected by the reduction in 
market volumes and revenue.

The business’s performance in 2015 has benefited greatly from the 
investments made in increasing the scale of the Group’s activities 
in the Energy sector. The performance of PVM Oil Associates 
Limited and subsidiaries (‘PVM’) which was acquired in November 
2014 was strong throughout the year. The Group’s leading position 
in Energy broking was enhanced by the acquisition in August 2015 
of MOAB Oil, Inc. (‘MOAB’) significantly increasing the scale of 
the Group’s activities in broking crude oil and energy products 
in North America. Energy and commodities is now the Group’s 
largest product area by revenue.

The Information Sales and Risk Management Services businesses 
have also performed strongly. The Information Sales business has 
benefited from the continued expansion of its client base and 
geographical presence, the enhancement of its sales capability 
and the extension of the data content it provides to customers.

We have made investments in senior management to lead our 
strategy and business development activities. We have taken 
steps to strengthen our support and control functions to facilitate 
the implementation of enhanced cultural, compliance and risk 
governance frameworks in order to deliver our commitment to 
instil and embed the highest standards of conduct in the business.

Revenue of £796m in 2015 was 13% higher than in 2014 with 
underlying operating profit increasing by 7% to £108m. The 
underlying operating profit margin in 2015 of 13.6% is 0.7% points 
lower than in 2014 reflecting the investments being made in the 
business. Underlying earnings per share for 2015 of 32.2p are 0.1p 
lower than for 2014, reflecting the increase in the average number 
of shares in issue following the acquisition of PVM.

10  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Market conditions and revenue
The Group generates revenue from commissions it earns by 
facilitating and executing customer orders. The level of revenue is 
substantially dependent on customer trading volumes, which are 
affected by the conditions in the financial markets, by customers’ 
risk appetite, and by their willingness and ability to trade.

The level of activity in the wholesale OTC financial markets 
during 2015 continued to be under pressure from the cyclical 
and structural factors affecting the interdealer broker industry.

Volatility, and the steepness and absolute level of yield curves, 
are key drivers of activity in the financial markets. Measures of 
financial market volatility have been a little higher during 2015 
than in the previous two years but have remained low in absolute 
terms, and volatility and trading volumes in many product areas 
continued to be sporadic. Interest rates for many of the major 
currencies have fallen further during 2015 and this has often been 
accompanied by a further flattening of the yield curve, with a 
reduction in the spread between short and longer term rates. 
Credit spreads in many of the major bond markets have also 
become further compressed. The increase in interest rates in 
the United States towards the end of the year was a small step 
towards a more normal interest rate environment.

Volumes in the financial markets also continue to be adversely 
affected by the more onerous regulatory environment applicable 
to many of our bank customers whose trading activity has been 
suppressed by the deleveraging of their balance sheets and lower 
risk appetite. 

In contrast, activity in the Energy and commodities markets, 
particularly in oil and oil related financial instruments, has been 
buoyant. Commodity prices, particularly crude oil which is the 
world’s most actively traded commodity, were volatile throughout 
2015, resulting in a higher level of market activity.

Excluding PVM, revenue in 2015 was 2% lower than in 2014 at 
constant exchange rates. Broking revenue was 3% lower, with 
revenue from the traditional interdealer broker product areas 
of Treasury products, Interest Rate Derivatives, and Fixed Income, 
down 6%, partly offset by growth in Energy and in Equities 
products. Revenue from Information Sales and Risk Management 
Services was 14% higher in 2015 than in 2014.

PVM had an excellent first full year in the Group. PVM’s main 
activities are in crude oil and petroleum products and the business 
continued to benefit from the higher level of activity in those 
markets. PVM’s revenue in 2015 was 26% higher than in 2014.

Cost management and operating margin
The business actively manages its direct cost base to reflect market 
conditions. As the level of activity and revenue in the traditional 
interdealer product areas has fallen action has been taken in the 
product areas and geographies most affected to align the cost 
base with the lower level of revenue. The objectives of the cost 
improvement programmes have been to reduce fixed costs, to 
preserve the variable nature of broker compensation and to reduce 
it as a percentage of broking revenue, in order to ensure that the 
business is well positioned to respond to less favourable market 
conditions and to maintain operating margins. 

The cost improvement programme implemented towards the 
end of 2015 is focused on reducing headcount in Europe and 
the Middle East and on restructuring broker contracts in North 
America to reduce fixed costs and to reduce the level of pay out as 
a percentage of broking revenue. Front office broking headcount is 
being reduced by approximately 70 heads representing a reduction 
of around 7.5% of the front office headcount in Europe and the 
Middle East and in North America in Treasury products, Interest 
Rate Derivatives, and Fixed Income. The cost of the actions taken 
in 2015 of £25.7m, of which £4.4m is the non-cash write down 
of amounts previously paid, has been charged as an exceptional 
item in the 2015 accounts. A further charge of less than £10m is 
expected to be made in the first half of 2016 relating to the actions 
being taken under this programme which had not been completed 
by the end of 2015.

As a result of these actions, together with the actions taken 
in 2014, fixed broker employment costs in the traditional 
interdealer product areas in Europe and the Middle East and in 
North America have been reduced in line with the decline in 
revenue in those areas. Total broker compensation costs as a 
percentage of broking revenue have fallen by 0.5% points to 
55.7%, continuing the downward trend established since 2012 
when total broker compensation costs as a percentage of 
broking revenue were 59.8%. The reduction in the overall broker 
employment costs to revenue percentage in 2015 has been held 
back by some inoperative bonus pool arrangements (fixed costs in 
these areas are being reduced through the 2015 cost improvement 
programme), and by the change in the mix of the business with a 
higher proportion of revenue in Energy where broker compensation 
costs as a percentage of revenue tend to be a little higher than 
the average.

The overall contribution margin of the business, after broker 
employment costs and other front office direct and variable costs, 
was 0.7% points higher in 2015 than in the prior year, reflecting 
the reduction in the broker compensation to broking revenue 
percentage, a full year of PVM which has a higher contribution 
margin than the average group broking contribution margin, and 
the growth in Information Sales and Risk Management Services 
which have a relatively low level of variable costs.

The investments that have been made in developing the Group’s 
capabilities in managing strategic initiatives and in strengthening 
the control and support functions have resulted in an increase in 
management and support costs and one-off project costs in the 
year. These investments are important for the business to retain 
its competitive advantage, to innovate, and to grow revenue 
and earnings.

Business development
The global strategic review that was initiated in September 2014 
concluded with the Company hosting a Capital Markets Day for 
institutional investors and analysts in June 2015. The presentation 
materials are available on the Company’s website.

The Company’s goal is to become the world’s most trusted 
source of liquidity in hybrid OTC markets and the best operator in 
global hybrid voice broking. The Company plans to build revenue 
and raise the quality and quantity of earnings through further 
diversification of the client base, continued expansion into Energy 
and commodities, and building scale in the Americas and Asia 
Pacific, whilst preserving the business’s core franchises.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  11

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationWe have continued to expand the data sets provided by our 
Information Sales business. We were proud to announce that our 
Information Sales business was awarded, for the fifth consecutive 
year, the title of Best Data Provider (Broker) at the Inside Market 
Data Awards in May. This award, which is determined by an 
independent ballot of end-users, reaffirms our position as 
the leading provider of the highest quality independent price 
information and data from the global OTC markets. 

The Company announced in November 2015 that it had agreed 
terms with ICAP for the acquisition by Tullett Prebon of ICAP’s 
global hybrid voice broking and information business. The 
transaction will position the Group as the leading inter-institutional 
liquidity provider in OTC products and as a nexus of product 
knowledge, broking experience and client relationships, and 
provides a unique opportunity to accelerate the delivery of 
the strategy. The acquisition is expected to complete in 2016.

OTC Market Regulation
Regulatory reforms of the OTC derivatives markets have been 
effected in the United States through the implementation by the 
CFTC and the Securities Exchange Commission of the provisions of 
the Dodd-Frank Act, and are being effected in the European Union 
through the European Markets Infrastructure Regulation (‘EMIR’) 
and the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (‘MiFID II’) 
and Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation (‘MiFIR’). 

The Group’s swap execution facility (‘SEF’) in the United States, 
which was granted temporary registration by the CFTC in 
September 2013, was granted permanent registration by the 
CFTC in January 2016.

In the European Union, the implementation of EMIR, which 
contains provisions governing mandatory central clearing 
requirements and trade reporting requirements for certain OTC 
derivatives, is coming into effect in stages as the various technical 
standards are approved. The mandatory reporting of the details of 
all relevant derivatives contracts to recognised trade repositories 
came into effect from February 2014. The first clearing obligations 
are expected to come into effect in June 2016, and margin 
requirements for non-cleared trades are expected to apply from 
September 2016.

The legislative framework governing permissible trade execution 
venues, and governance and conduct of business requirements for 
trading venues, through the introduction of MiFID II and MiFIR is 
currently set to become effective from 3 January 2018.

Strategic Report continued

We concluded from the strategic review that interdealer brokers 
remain secure at the heart of the global financial services industry, 
facilitating efficient and effective trading in the wholesale OTC 
financial markets, and that the majority of OTC product markets, 
which are not characterised by continuous trading, depend upon 
the intervention and support of voice brokers for their liquidity 
and effective operation. 

We are wholly committed to the hybrid voice broking model, 
and to developing the technology and services that support it. 
This is where the business is positioned, and we aim to be the 
best operator and best provider of liquidity and trusted partner 
to our clients.

A number of initiatives have been taken during 2015 in pursuit of 
the strategic objectives. We have continued to focus on delivering 
innovative products and a first class broking service to our clients. 
Action has also been taken to develop and strengthen the broking 
business through hiring brokers and through acquisitions, and to 
develop the Group’s Information Sales and post-trade Risk 
Management Services businesses. 

The Company completed the acquisition of MOAB, a leading 
independent broker of physical and financial instruments in the 
energy markets in the United States in August. MOAB is entirely 
focused on energy products, and its expertise includes physical 
gasoline, gasoline blending components, oil product swaps, ethanol 
and ethanol derivatives. MOAB has long-established relationships 
with major oil companies, gasoline blenders, the oil trading 
divisions of investment banks and other trading firms. The 
acquisition of MOAB complements the acquisition of PVM and 
further establishes the Group’s leading position in the Energy 
sector, significantly increasing the scale of the Group’s activities 
in broking crude oil and energy products in North America. 

We continue to launch new products and provide innovative 
solutions to our clients. We have established our presence in 
environmental products in North America, commenced the 
broking of iron ore in Europe, and expanded our activities in base 
and precious metals in Europe. We have started broking MSCI 
futures and ETFs in London. We have hired a team to establish our 
presence in corporate and sovereign bonds in Asia. Our alternative 
investments team has launched TP-AIME, the first screen-based 
matching engine to better facilitate secondary market transactions 
in a range of alternative investments. The platform also facilitates 
auctions in hedge fund, private equity and real estate fund 
interests. We have announced the establishment of a joint venture 
with Synrex Limited to develop a new institutional all-to-all real 
estate trading portal for the issuance and secondary trading of 
indirect real estate risk across a range of instruments.

The quality of our broking activities has been recognised with the 
Company being voted the number one overall IDB in currency in 
Risk magazine’s 2015 annual interdealer rankings published in 
September. The business also performed strongly in rates and 
equities. Tullett Prebon was named Interest Rates Broker of the 
Year and SEF of the Year in the 2015 GlobalCapital awards, and 
was voted the top broker in FX options in the 2015 FX Week Best 
Bank Awards.

12  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Regulatory matters
The Company is currently under investigation by the FCA in relation 
to certain trades undertaken between 2008 and 2011, including 
trades which are risk free, with no commercial rationale or economic 
purpose, on which brokerage is paid, and trades on which brokerage 
may have been improperly charged. As part of its investigation, the 
FCA is considering the extent to which during the relevant period (i) 
the Company’s systems and controls were adequate to manage the 
risks associated with such trades and (ii) whether certain of the 
Company’s managers were aware of, and/or managed appropriately 
the risks associated with, the trades. The FCA is also reviewing 
the circumstances surrounding a failure in 2011 to discover certain 
audio files and produce them to the FCA in a timely manner. As the 
investigation is ongoing, any potential liability arising from it cannot 
currently be quantified.

Our key financial and performance indicators for 2015 are 
summarised in the table below. The figures shown include PVM 
except where stated.

Broker headcount increased from 1,595 at June 2014 to 1,702 
at December 2014 largely due to the acquisition of PVM. Broker 
headcount increased in the first half of 2015 to 1,750 mainly due 
to the brokers acquired from Murphy & Durieu in January. Broker 
headcount has fallen in the second half of the year to 1,726 as a 
result of actions taken under the cost improvement programme 
in Europe and North America, partly offset by the acquisition of 
MOAB and by hiring in Asia Pacific including the team to establish 
our presence in corporate and sovereign bonds in the region.

Excluding PVM, average broker headcount during 2015 was 1% 
lower than during the previous year, with a 2% reduction in average 
revenue per broker, resulting in the 3% fall in base broking revenue.

The year-end broking support headcount of 801 was 5% higher 
than at the end of 2014, reflecting the strengthening of the control 
and support functions with additional headcount in customer 
relationship management, risk, human resources, and legal 
and compliance.

Broking revenue 
(excluding PVM)

Information Sales/RMS 
revenue (excluding PVM)

Total revenue  
(excluding PVM)

Total revenue 

Underlying 
operating profit

Underlying 
operating margin

Average broker 
headcount 
(excluding PVM)

Average broker 
headcount 
(including PVM)

Average revenue per 
broker (£000)

– excluding PVM

– including PVM

Broker compensation 
costs: broking revenue

Period end broker 
headcount

– at June

– at December

Period end broking 
support headcount

*At constant exchange rates

2015

2014

Change

£638.9m

£649.6m

-3%*

£53.3m

£46.4m

+14%*

£692.2m

£696.0m

£796.0m

£703.5m

-2%*

+13%

£107.9m

£100.7m

+7%

13.6%

14.3%

-0.7% pts

1,614

1,625

-1%

1,748

396

425

400

-2%*

55.7%

56.2%

-0.5% pts

1,750

1,726

1,595

1,702

+10%

+1%

801

765

+5%

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  13

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationStrategic Report continued

Operating Review

The tables below analyse revenue by region and by product 
group, and underlying operating profit by region, for 2015 
compared with 2014.

Revenue
A significant proportion of the Group’s activity is conducted 
outside the UK and the reported revenue is therefore impacted 
by the movement in the foreign exchange rates used to translate 
the revenue from non-UK operations. The tables therefore show 
revenue for 2014 translated at the same exchange rates as those 
used for 2015, with growth rates calculated on the same basis. 
The revenue figures as reported for 2014 are shown in Note 4 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The commentary below reflects the presentation in the tables.

Revenue by product group

investment in sales and marketing in the Risk Management 
Services business has resulted in increased market share in 
USD and Asia Pacific currencies. 

Revenue from Treasury Products (FX and cash) was 5% lower, 
with lower activity in Europe and in Asia Pacific partly offset by 
a stronger performance in the Americas, particularly in emerging 
markets’ currencies.

Revenue from Interest Rate Derivatives products (swaps and 
options) was 4% lower. Levels of market activity in these products, 
which had been higher in the first half of the year reflecting the 
sporadic volatility in interest rates in Europe during that period 
and improved market conditions for JPY products in Asia Pacific, 
were particularly subdued in the second half reflecting the further 
flattening of yield curves for major currencies.

The 10% decline in revenue from Fixed Income reflects the low 
liquidity and levels of activity across the European government and 
corporate bond markets, and in the North American government 
and agency bond markets, partly offset by higher revenue in 
corporate bonds in North America including that generated by 
the brokers hired from Murphy & Durieu at the beginning of the 
year, and higher levels of activity in the high yield sector.

Treasury Products

Interest Rate Derivatives

Fixed Income

Equities

Energy

Information Sales and 
Risk Management 
Services

At constant exchange 
rates

Exchange translation

Reported

2015
£m

185.0

135.3

171.2

46.3

204.3

2014
 £m

194.2

141.0

190.3

41.6

101.3

 Change

-5%

-4%

-10%

+11%

+102%

53.9

46.7

+15%

Revenue by region

Europe and the 
Middle East

Americas

Asia Pacific

796.0

796.0

715.1

(11.6)

703.5

+11%

At constant exchange 
rates

Exchange translation

+13%

Reported

2015
 £m

455.3

234.5

106.2

796.0

796.0

2014
 £m

404.7

214.0

96.4

715.1

(11.6)

703.5

 Change

+13%

+10%

+10%

+11%

+13%

Revenue in 2015 was 11% higher than in 2014. The benefit from 
the first full year of PVM, together with growth in Equities and 
in Information Sales and RMS, has been partly offset by lower 
volumes in the traditional interdealer broker product groups of 
Treasury Products (FX and cash), Interest Rate Derivatives and 
Fixed Income.

Revenue from Energy has more than doubled, reflecting the 
inclusion for a full year of PVM, the benefit from the acquisition of 
MOAB and higher levels of activity in the oil markets generally, and 
the development of our activities in this sector in all three regions. 
Energy is now the business’s largest product group by revenue.

Our Equities businesses, which are primarily focused on equity 
derivatives, have performed well in both Europe and the Americas 
where we have benefited from the higher levels of volatility 
in equity markets compared with a year ago, and from the 
investments we have made in broadening our product coverage, 
including alternative investments and real estate instruments. 
In contrast, revenue in Asia Pacific was lower than last year 
reflecting lower levels of client activity in the Japanese market.

Revenue from Information Sales and Risk Management Services 
was 15% higher than last year. The Information Sales business 
has benefited from the growing client demand for independent 
data for use in risk management, compliance and validation, 
and has increased revenue by adding new data content sets 
and through broadening its customer base, with an increasing 
number of information feeds to client IT applications. The 

14  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Europe and the Middle East
Revenue in Europe and the Middle East was 13% higher including 
PVM, and was 7% lower excluding PVM. The base broking revenue 
in the region was 9% lower than last year, partly offset by growth 
in revenue from Information Sales.

The broking business in the region continues to face difficult 
market conditions in many of the traditional major product areas. 
Revenue from government and corporate bonds, from forward FX 
and cash, and from Interest Rate Derivatives were all lower than 
last year.

Revenue from Equities was higher reflecting the higher volatility 
in equity markets and the benefit from investment in broadening 
the product coverage to include MSCI futures and real estate 
instruments. Revenue from Energy and commodities excluding 
PVM was unchanged with higher revenues from oil and other 
commodities offset by lower revenue in power and gas products. 
Including PVM, Energy is the largest product group by revenue 
in the region, and accounts for over one third of the region’s 
total revenue.

Average broker headcount in the region, excluding PVM, was 5% 
lower than last year with average revenue per broker down 4%. 
Period end broker headcount, including PVM, was 799, 5% 
lower than at June 2015.

Americas
Revenue in the Americas was 10% higher including PVM and was 
4% higher excluding PVM.

Underlying operating profit
The revenue, underlying operating profit and operating margin by 
region shown below are as reported.

The benefit from the investments that have been made in the 
region in Energy and corporate bonds has more than offset the 
lower level of market activity in the product areas where the 
business is particularly dependent on serving the traditional 
interdealer broker client base, most notably Interest Rate 
Derivatives and government and agency Fixed Income. 
Revenue from Treasury products (FX and cash), particularly 
in emerging markets’ currencies, was higher than last year.

The business’s presence in corporate bonds has been enhanced by 
the addition of the brokers from Murphy & Durieu at the beginning 
of 2015, and revenue from Fixed Income products in the region is 
now balanced between credit, and government and agency bonds. 
The investments made in the Equities business over the last two 
years have resulted in good revenue growth in that area in 2015.

The quality of the Energy business in the Americas has been 
significantly improved through the acquisitions of PVM and 
MOAB, investments in gas and environmental products, and 
our withdrawal from broking power contracts for end-users by 
disposing of our standalone subsidiary Unified Energy Services. 
Our Energy activities in the Americas accounted for 15% of the 
total revenue in the region in 2015.

Average broker headcount in the Americas, excluding PVM, was 
7% higher than in 2014, with average revenue per broker 2% lower. 
Period end broker headcount in the Americas, including PVM, 
was 543.

Asia Pacific
Revenue in Asia Pacific was 10% higher than last year including 
PVM and was 3% higher excluding PVM, reflecting increased 
revenue from the Risk Management Services business which is 
operated from the region, with base broking revenue unchanged. 

Base broking revenue in the region has benefited from the 
continued growth in the offshore Renminbi market, the investment 
made in our Fixed Income broking capability with the hiring of 
a team to build our presence in corporate and sovereign bonds 
that started with the business during the second half, and the 
development of our Energy and commodities broking activities. 
Including PVM, Energy and commodities now accounts for around 
one sixth of the region’s total broking revenue. 

Activity in FX options and equity derivatives was lower than in  
the prior year reflecting a slowdown in client trading in volatility 
products. Revenue from Interest Rate Derivatives was higher than 
last year reflecting improved market conditions for JPY interest rate 
swaps in the first half.

Average broker headcount in the region, excluding PVM, was 1% 
lower than in 2014 with average revenue per broker up 2%. Period 
end broker headcount in Asia Pacific, including PVM, was 385.

Revenue

£m

Europe and the 
Middle East

Americas

Asia Pacific

Reported

Underlying operating profit

£m

Europe and the 
Middle East

Americas

Asia Pacific

Reported

2015

2014

Change

455.3

234.5

106.2

796.0

405.6

201.6

96.3

703.5

+12%

+16%

+10%

+13%

2015

2014

Change

81.2

14.9

11.8

80.1

10.5

10.1

107.9

100.7

Underlying operating margin by region

Europe and the Middle East

Americas

Asia Pacific

Reported

2015

17.8%

6.4%

11.1%

13.6%

+1%

+42%

+17%

+7%

2014

19.8%

5.2%

10.5%

14.3%

Underlying operating profit in Europe and the Middle East of 
£81.2m was 1% higher than in the prior year, but with revenue up 
12% the underlying operating margin has reduced by 2.0% points, 
to 17.8%. The actions taken under the cost improvement 
programmes have resulted in a 9% reduction in fixed broker 
employment costs in the region compared with the prior year, 
excluding PVM, in line with the reduction in base broking revenue, 
and total broker employment costs as a percentage of broking 
revenue have fallen by 0.4% points. The benefit of the higher 
contribution margin has been offset by higher management and 
support costs due to the investments being made in strengthening 
and developing the business, and one off costs relating to 
technology and regulatory projects.

In the Americas the underlying operating profit of £14.9m is 
42% higher than in 2014 and the underlying operating margin 
has improved by 1.2% points to 6.4%. The actions taken under the 
cost improvement programmes have resulted in a 14% reduction 
in fixed broker employment costs (excluding PVM, MOAB and the 
brokers hired from Murphy & Durieu), in 2015 compared with 2014, 
and total broker employment costs as a percentage of broking 
revenue have fallen by 1.4% points. Total management and support 
costs in the region have increased broadly in line with the increase 
in revenue.

Underlying operating profit in Asia Pacific has increased by 17% 
to £11.8m. Broker employment costs as a percentage of broking 
revenue are little changed compared with the prior year, with 
the improvement in the underlying operating margin reflecting 
the operational leverage effect of the higher revenue, and 
the development of the higher margin Risk Management 
Services business.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  15

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationStrategic Report continued

Financial Review

2014 

The results for 2015 compared with those for 2014 are shown in 
the tables below.

2015

Exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related items 

Underlying

796.0

107.9

Reported

796.0

107.9

Income Statement  
£m

Revenue 

Operating profit 

Credit relating to 
major legal actions

Charge relating to 
cost improvement 
programme

Income Statement 
£m

Revenue 

Operating profit 

Credit relating to major 
legal actions

Charge relating to 
cost improvement 
programme

Acquisition costs related 
to IGBB

Amortisation of 
acquisition deferred 
consideration

Amortisation of 
intangible assets arising 
on acquisition

Other acquisition 
and disposal items

Operating profit

Net finance expense

Profit before tax

Tax

Share of net profit 
of associates

Minority interests

Earnings

Average number 
of shares

Basic EPS

64.4

64.4

Acquisition costs related 
to PVM

(25.7)

(25.7)

(12.1)

(12.1)

(10.5)

(10.5)

(1.2)

(1.2)

Amortisation of 
acquisition deferred 
consideration

Goodwill impairment

Operating profit/(loss)

Net finance expense

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax

Share of net profit 
of associates

(0.9)

Minority interests

Earnings

Average number 
of shares

Basic EPS

(0.9)

14.0

(2.0)

12.0

(7.5)

4.5

107.9

(14.2)

93.7

(17.5)

2.6

(0.4)

78.4

243.6m

32.2p

121.9

(16.2)

105.7

(25.0)

2.6

(0.4)

82.9

243.6m

34.0p

Exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related items 

Underlying

703.5

100.7

Reported

703.5

100.7

3.1

3.1

(46.7)

(46.7)

(1.8)

(1.8)

(0.9)

(6.8)

(53.1)

(53.1)

6.5

(46.6)

(0.9)

(6.8)

47.6

(14.1)

33.5

(10.4)

1.9

(0.4)

24.6

220.4m

11.2p

100.7

(14.1)

86.6

(16.9)

1.9

(0.4)

71.2

220.4m

32.3p

Exceptional and acquisition related items
The Company entered into an agreement with BGC in January 2015 
under which BGC would pay $100m to the Company to settle the 
litigation in the New Jersey Superior Court. The first $25m of the 
$100m settlement was paid to the Company in January and the 
remaining $75m was paid to the Company at the end of March. 
Net of the £2.7m of costs incurred in 2015 in relation to the legal 
action the exceptional credit in 2015 relating to the major legal 
actions is £64.4m. The £3.1m credit in 2014 relates to the net $27m 
compensatory damages awarded to the subsidiary companies in 
the United States following the conclusion of the FINRA arbitration 
on their claims against BGC and former employees which were 
received in August 2014, net of costs incurred in the year in relation 
to the major legal actions with BGC.

The £25.7m charge in 2015 relating to the cost improvement 
programme is discussed in the Overview above. The £46.7m 
charge in 2014 relates to the cost improvement actions taken 
in the prior year.

The £12.1m charge in 2015 relating to acquisition costs reflects 
legal and professional costs incurred in relation to the agreement 
to acquire ICAP’s global hybrid voice broking and information 
business. The £1.8m charge in 2014 reflects the costs incurred 
in relation to the acquisition of PVM.

16  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

The Company completed the acquisition of PVM on 26 November 
2014. The payment to each individual vendor of their share of up to 
$48m of deferred consideration (which is subject to the achievement 
of revenue targets in the three years after completion) is linked to 
their continued service with the business, and is therefore amortised 
through the income statement over the three year period. The 
amortisation charge recognised in 2015 is £10.5m (2014: £0.9m).

Intangible assets other than goodwill of £9.5m arising on the 
acquisition of PVM relate to the PVM brand and the value of 
customer relationships. This amount is being amortised through 
the income statement over the estimated useful lives of those 
assets. The amortisation charge recognised in 2015 is £1.2m 
(2014: £nil).

The other acquisition and disposal items include the loss on the 
disposal of Unified Energy Services and costs relating to the 
acquisition of MOAB.

The £6.8m charge in 2014 relating to goodwill impairment reflects 
the write down in the balance sheet carrying value of the Group’s 
business in Brazil.

Net finance expense
The underlying net cash finance charge comprises the £14.1m 
interest payable on the outstanding Sterling Notes, the commitment 
fees for the revolving credit facility of £1.6m, £1.8m of amortisation 
of debt issue and arrangement costs including a £0.6m one-off 
charge relating to the balance of unamortised arrangement costs 
arising on the revolving credit facility that was refinanced in April 
2015, partly offset by other net interest income of £1.8m. 

The underlying net non-cash finance income comprises the 
deemed interest on the pension scheme net asset of £2.3m, partly 
offset by the unwinding of discounted liabilities and provisions.

An analysis of the net finance expense is shown in the table below.

£m

2015

2014

Receivable on cash balances

Payable on Sterling Notes August 2014

Payable on Sterling Notes July 2016

Payable on Sterling Notes June 2019

Commitment fees payable on bank 
facilities

Amortisation of debt issue and 
arrangement costs

Other interest

Net cash finance expense

Net non-cash finance income

Underlying net finance expense

Acquisition related finance expense

1.8

–

(9.9)

(4.2)

(1.6)

(1.8)

(0.4)

(16.1)

1.9

(14.2)

(2.0)

1.4

(0.4)

(9.9)

(4.2)

(1.5)

(1.1)

(0.5)

(16.2)

2.1

(14.1)

–

The acquisition related finance expense comprises: £0.8m of 
commitment fees and amortisation of arrangement costs relating 
to the £470m bank bridge facility that the Company entered into 
in November 2015 in order to fund the repayment of the £330m 
of debt that will be acquired with IGBB and the maturity of the 
£141.1m notes in July 2016; £0.9m of costs and commitment fees 
relating to a £100m facility put in place in the middle of the year to 
fund the maturity of the notes in case the transaction with ICAP did 
not proceed; and £0.3m relating to the unwinding of the discount 
on deferred consideration relating to the acquisitions of PVM 
and MOAB.

Tax
The effective rate of tax on underlying PBT is 18.7% (2014: 19.5%). 
The reduction in the effective rate reflects the benefit of the 
reduction in the UK statutory rate of corporation tax to 20.25% 
for 2015, 1.25% points lower than for 2014, partly offset by a lower 
level of provision releases relating to tax uncertainties which have 
been resolved. Excluding the benefit from the release of provisions, 
the effective rate of tax on underlying PBT would have been 20.5% 
(2014: 23.1%).

The tax charge on exceptional and acquisition related items reflects 
the net of tax charges and tax relief recognised on those items at 
the relevant rate for the jurisdiction in which the charges are borne. 
No tax relief has been recognised on the exceptional charges and 
credits arising in the United States in either 2015 or 2014 due to the 
tax losses available in that jurisdiction.

Basic EPS
The average number of shares used for the basic EPS calculation of 
243.6m reflects the 243.5m shares in issue at the beginning of the 
year, plus the 0.3m shares that are issuable when vested options 
are exercised, less the 0.2m shares held throughout the year by the 
Employee Benefit Trust which has waived its rights to dividends. 

Cash flow

Underlying operating profit

Share-based compensation and other 
non-cash items

Depreciation and amortisation

EBITDA

Capital expenditure (net of disposals)

(Increase)/decrease in initial contract 
prepayment

Other working capital

Operating cash flow

Exceptional items – cost improvement 
programme 2015

Exceptional items – cost improvement 
programme 2014

Exceptional items – restructuring 
2011/2012

Exceptional items – major legal 
actions net cash flow

Acquisition costs related to IGBB

Other acquisition and disposal items

Interest

Taxation

Dividends received from associates/
(paid) to minorities

Acquisition consideration/investments 
(net of disposals)

Cash flow

2015
 £m

107.9

2.2

15.0

125.1

(13.9)

(0.9)

13.6

123.9

2014
 £m

100.7

0.9

13.6

115.2

(11.0)

8.7

(21.9)

91.0

(3.7)

–

(5.3)

(17.0)

(0.3)

(0.9)

64.4

(12.1)

(0.5)

(14.6)

(19.5)

3.1

–

(1.8)

(15.2)

(15.9)

1.1

0.8

(12.0)

121.4

(6.9)

37.2

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  17

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationStrategic Report continued

The operating cash flow in 2015 of £123.9m represents a 
conversion of 115% (2014: £91.0m and 90%) of underlying 
operating profit into cash.

Debt finance
The composition of the group’s outstanding debt is 
summarised below.

Capital expenditure of £13.9m includes the development of 
electronic platforms and ‘straight through processing’ technology, 
and investment in IT and communications infrastructure.

Initial contract payments in 2015 were broadly in line with the 
amortisation charge.

The other working capital inflow in 2015 primarily reflects an 
increase in bonus accruals compared with the prior year end, 
reflecting the higher level of broking activity towards the end 
of the year than in 2014. 

During 2015 the Group made £3.7m of cash payments relating 
to actions taken under the 2015 cost improvement programme, 
£5.3m relating to the 2014 cost improvement programme, and 
£0.3m relating to the 2011/12 restructuring programme.

The major legal actions net cash inflow of £64.4m is in line with 
the credit in the income statement.

Interest payments in 2015 reflect the income statement charge 
for net cash finance expenses excluding the charge for the 
amortisation of debt issue costs.

Tax payments in 2015 of £19.5m include £14.5m paid in the UK, an 
increase compared with the prior year largely due to the inclusion 
of PVM for a full year. Tax payments in the United States continue 
to be at low levels reflecting the use of tax losses. Tax paid in 
Asia has increased due to increased taxable profits in a number 
of jurisdictions.

The cash payments relating to acquisitions and investments 
in 2015 include £11.6m relating to the acquisition of MOAB 
comprising the initial cash consideration of £7.9m, plus £3.7m 
for the working capital in the business, including cash of £1.7m. 

The movement in cash and debt is summarised below.

£m

At 31 December 2014

Cash flow

Dividends

Bank facility 
arrangement fees

Amortisation of debt 
issue costs

Cash acquired/(sold) 
with subsidiaries

Effect of movement in 
exchange rates

Cash

297.8

121.4

(41.0)

(4.7)

–

1.4

4.3

Debt

(219.7)

–

–

–

(0.5)

–

–

Net

78.1

121.4

(41.0)

(4.7)

(0.5)

1.4

4.3

At 31 December 2015

379.2

(220.2)

159.0

£m

At 31 Dec
2015

At 31 Dec 
2014

7.04% Sterling Notes July 2016

141.1

141.1

5.25% Sterling Notes June 2019

Unamortised debt issue costs

80.0

(0.9)

80.0

(1.4)

220.2

219.7

The Group has committed facilities in place to refinance the Notes 
maturing in July 2016. When the acquisition of IGBB completes the 
group will draw the committed £470m bank bridge facility that the 
Company entered into in November 2015 in order to fund the 
repayment of the £330m of debt that will be acquired with IGBB 
and the maturity of the £141.1m Notes. If the Notes mature before 
the completion of the acquisition of IGBB, the Group will draw on 
its committed £250m revolving credit facility which matures in 
April 2018. When the acquisition completes, that drawing will 
then be repaid through the drawdown of the bank bridge facility.

Exchange and hedging
The income statements of the Group’s non-UK operations are 
translated into sterling at average exchange rates. The most 
significant exchange rates for the Group are the US dollar, the Euro, 
the Singapore dollar and the Japanese Yen. The balance sheets of 
the Group’s non-UK operations are translated into Sterling using 
year-end exchange rates. The major balance sheet translation 
exposure is to the US dollar. The Group’s current policy is not to 
hedge income statement or balance sheet translation exposure.

Average and year end exchange rates used in the preparation of 
the financial statements are shown below.

Average

Year End

2015

$1.53

€1.38

2014

$1.65

€1.24

2015

$1.47

€1.36

2014

$1.56

€1.29

S$2.10

S$2.09

S$2.09

S$2.07

¥185

¥174

¥177

¥187

US dollar

Euro

Singapore 
dollar

Japanese 
Yen

Pensions
The Group has one defined benefit pension scheme in the UK. 
The scheme is closed to new members and future accrual.

The triennial actuarial valuation of the scheme as at 30 April 
2013 was concluded in January 2014. The actuarial funding 
surplus of the scheme at that date was £64.2m and under the 
agreed schedule of contributions the Company will continue 
not to make any payments into the scheme.

18  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

The assets and liabilities of the scheme are included in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet in accordance with IAS 19. The fair 
value of the scheme’s assets at the end of the year was £289.8m 
(2014: £255.7m). The increase reflects the investment return on  
the assets of 15% less amounts paid as benefits. The value of the 
scheme’s liabilities at the end of 2015 calculated in accordance with 
IAS 19 was £201.6m (2014: £193.6m). The valuation of the scheme’s 
liabilities at the end of 2015 reflects the demographic assumptions 
adopted for the most recent triennial actuarial valuation and a 
discount rate of 3.7% (2014: 3.7%). Under IAS 19 the scheme shows 
a surplus, before the related deferred tax liability, of £88.2m at 
31 December 2015 (2014: £62.1m).

As the scheme is in a strong financial position, the Trustees 
are actively considering making arrangements for an insurance 
company to take over their responsibility as Trustees for providing 
the benefits, and the Company’s responsibility for supporting the 
Scheme financially.

Return on capital employed
The return on capital employed (ROCE) in 2015 was 20% (2014: 
20%). ROCE is calculated as underlying operating profit divided by 
the average capital employed in the business. Capital employed is 
defined as shareholders’ funds less net funds and the accounting 
pension surplus (net of deferred tax), adding back cumulative 
amortised and impaired goodwill and the post-tax reorganisation 
costs related to the integration of the Tullett and Prebon businesses.

Regulatory capital
The Group’s lead regulator is the Financial Conduct Authority.

The Group has a waiver from the consolidated capital adequacy 
requirements under CRD IV. The Group’s current waiver took 
effect on 25 September 2014 and will expire on 24 September 
2024. Under the terms of the waiver each investment firm within 
the Group must be either a limited activity or a limited licence firm 
and must comply with its individual regulatory capital resources 
requirements. Tullett Prebon plc, as the parent company, must 
continue to maintain capital resources in excess of the sum of the 
solo notional capital resources requirements for each relevant firm 
within the Group, the ‘Financial Holding Company test’.

The terms of the waiver require the Group to eliminate the 
excess of its consolidated own funds requirements compared 
with its consolidated own funds (‘excess goodwill’) over the ten 
year period to 24 September 2024. The amount of the excess 
goodwill must not exceed the amount determined as at the date 
the waiver took effect and must be reduced in line with a schedule 
over the ten years, with the first reduction of 25% required to be 
achieved by March 2017. The Company expects to achieve this 
reduction within its current business plan. The waiver also sets 
out conditions with respect to the maintenance of financial ratios 
relating to leverage, debt service and debt maturity profile.

The Group’s regulatory capital headroom under the Financial 
Holding Company test calculated in accordance with Pillar 1 was 
£761m (2014: £715m).

Many of the Group’s broking entities are regulated on a ‘solo’ 
basis, and are obliged to meet the regulatory capital requirements 
imposed by the local regulator of the jurisdiction in which they 
operate. The Group maintains an appropriate excess of financial 
resources in such entities.

Information disclosure under Pillar 3 is available on the Group’s 
website: www.tullettprebon.com

Risk Management

This section sets out a summary of how risk is managed by 
the Group, covering the Group’s Enterprise Risk Management 
Framework and its Principal Risks.

The systems of internal control operated by the Group are designed 
to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives, and can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

Enterprise Risk Management 
Framework

The Board has adopted an Enterprise Risk Management 
Framework (‘ERMF’), the purpose of which is to enable the Group 
to understand the risks to which it is exposed, and to manage them 
in line with the Group’s overall business objectives and within its 
stated risk appetite. The ERMF defines the processes, ownership, 
responsibilities and the risk governance required to support 
effective implementation of the framework, and comprises 
four mutually reinforcing components:

•  a risk management philosophy which sets out the Group’s 

underlying attitude to the management of risk and addresses 
the Group’s risk appetite;

•  a risk management culture which seeks to foster adoption 
of appropriate risk management principles and behaviours 
throughout the Group;

•  a risk management governance structure based on three lines 

of defence that segregate risk management (first line of defence) 
from risk oversight (second line of defence) and risk assurance 
(third line of defence); and 

•  risk management processes that enable effective identification, 

assessment, management and reporting of risk exposures.

Risk management philosophy
Effective risk management is essential for the financial strength 
and resilience of the Group, and for the achievement of its business 
objectives. The Board has the responsibility to ensure that the Group 
implements an appropriate risk management culture throughout the 
Group, underpinned by a robust framework of risk governance and 
controls, complying with all relevant laws and regulations.

The Group has adopted core principles that set the context for 
the Group’s risk management activities:

•  risk management should be value enhancing so that current 
and potential risks are managed to support achievement of 
the Group’s business objectives and strategy; 

•  risk management should address the expectations and 
requirements of the key stakeholders (shareholders and 
regulatory authorities); 

•  risk oversight and assurance functions should be sufficiently 
independent of business decision taking and supported by 
adequate resources; 

•  the Board must clearly define its risk appetite, setting out the 
type and level of risk the Group is willing to accept in pursuit 
of its objectives;

•  risk management should be integrated into the business 

processes of the Group, and both current and emerging risks 
should be managed as an integral aspect of the business 
management processes. Risk management should be 
proportionate and commensurate with the level and complexity 
of both the business model and the nature of associated risks; 

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  19

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationStrategic Report continued

•  the cost of risk management should be proportionate to the 
value it creates for the Group, while ensuring that regulatory 
objectives are met; and 

•  risk management should be subject to continual review and 

enhancement to ensure that associated structures, systems and 
processes remain effective and reflect stakeholder expectations.

Risk management culture
The Board recognises that embedding a sound risk management 
culture is fundamental to the effective operation of the Group’s risk 
management framework, and sets the tone and manner in which 
the Group conducts its business activities through defined values 
and expected behaviours. The Board notes that the Group must 
ensure that the risk management culture is implemented across all 
businesses and functions, such that all employees are aware of, and 
act in conformity with, the desired values and behaviours adopted 
by the Group in their day-to-day activities.

The Group seeks to achieve the implementation of its desired risk 
management culture through a combination of frameworks, 
policies and practices, including:

•  the Group cultural framework which puts market integrity at the 

heart of the business;

•  risk appetite statements that clearly define the type and level of 
risk the Group is willing to accept in pursuit of its objectives;
•  the adoption of a comprehensive policy framework to ensure 

that all employees are aware of their risk management 
responsibilities as they relate to specific risks;

•  the allocation of responsibility for identification, assessment, 
mitigation and reporting of risks to management across the 
business (including front office, control function and executive 
management);

•  a performance management process that links staff appraisals 
and remuneration to risk management and conduct criteria; and

•  corporate communications that reinforce awareness and 

understanding of the Group’s desired risk management culture 
and associated policies.

Risk management governance structure
The Board
The Board has overall responsibility for the management of risk 
within the Group. This includes determining its risk appetite which 
sets out the nature and extent of the principal risks it is willing to 
take in achieving its objectives, defining expectations for the Group’s 
risk culture, ensuring that it has an appropriate and effective risk 
management framework and monitoring performance so that the 
Group remains within its risk appetite. The Board has delegated 
certain risk governance responsibilities to the Risk Committee of 
the Board (‘BRC’). 

Risk Committees
In 2015, the Group implemented a Risk Committee governance 
structure to oversee the implementation and operation of the 
ERMF. This structure comprises the BRC, Group Executive Risk 
Committee (‘GERC’) and three Regional Risk Committees (in EMEA, 
Americas and APAC).

The Regional Risk Committees are responsible for exercising risk 
management oversight in their respective regions. The Regional 
Risk Committee of each region is chaired by the relevant Regional 
CEO and attended by the Regional CRO. 

The Regional Risk Committees all report to the GERC, chaired by 
the Group CEO, which in turn reports to the Board Risk Committee 
which is a formal committee of the Board, and is chaired by the 

20  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Group’s designated Risk Non-executive Director. Both of these 
committees are attended by the Group CRO.

First line of defence – risk management within the business
The first line of defence comprises the management of the business 
units and support functions. The first line of defence has primary 
responsibility for ensuring that the business operates within risk 
appetite on a day-to-day basis.

In discharging this responsibility, business management are 
responsible for identifying, assessing and managing any risks 
arising from their activities, and for adhering to all relevant risk 
management policies adopted by the Group. This includes ensuring 
the effective operation of any controls required to manage risk 
within appetite, and for ensuring that the employees for whom 
they are responsible are aware of, and competent to undertake, 
their role in the risk management process.

Second line of defence – risk oversight
The second line of defence comprises the risk and compliance 
functions, which are separate from operational management, 
and are responsible for overseeing and challenging the first line 
of defence as it undertakes the identification, assessment and 
management of risks, and for assisting the Board (and its various 
committees) in discharging its overall risk oversight responsibilities.

The Group’s risk function is responsible for assisting the Board 
in the development of the Group’s risk appetite and framework, 
monitoring the implementation of the ERMF and providing 
robust challenge to the first line in its risk management activities.

The compliance function is responsible for monitoring compliance 
with all applicable regulatory requirements, including those 
relating to conduct of business requirements, market abuse 
provisions and the prevention of financial crime. The Compliance 
function is also responsible for monitoring potential changes to 
the regulatory framework in which the Group operates, to assess 
their impact on the Group and identify the actions required to 
meet these new requirements.

Third line of defence – independent assurance
Internal Audit provides independent assurance on the design 
and operational effectiveness of the Tullett Prebon Group’s risk 
management framework and activity, including the performance 
of the business units and support and oversight functions which 
constitute the first and second lines of defence. Internal Audit 
considers all relevant risk related information in constructing its 
audit plan, including risk exposure reports, the results of risk and 
control self-assessments, and specific risk events which have 
occurred (such as loss events or ‘near-misses’). Internal Audit 
has a direct reporting line to the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee is a sub-committee of the Board, which 
discharges a number of risk management responsibilities, 
including: 

•  the review of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control 

and risk management procedures; 

•  the approval of the Tullett Prebon Group’s annual internal 

audit plan; 

•  the review of the internal audit function; and 
•  the review of all internal audit reports and related 

management actions. 

The Audit Committee is comprised of at least three members, 
all of whom are Non-executive Directors.

Risk management processes
The ERMF sets out the core risk management activities undertaken 
by the Group to ensure that the Board understands the Group’s risk 
profile and adopts a clearly defined risk appetite, that it manages 
risk exposures within risk appetite and that the Group’s desired 
risk culture is embedded throughout the Group.

The business objectives and strategy adopted by the Board 
determine the nature and scale of the commercial activities 
undertaken by the Group, and the overall risk appetite of the 
Group. As such, the business objectives are the key determinant 
of the Group’s risk profile.

The Group periodically identifies the risks to which it is exposed 
as a result of its business objectives, strategy and operating model, 
collectively referred to as the ‘risk universe’. This exercise also 
covers any emerging risks, defined as newly developing and 
changing risks which could have a significant impact on the 
Group. The risk universe is approved by the Board at least once 
a year, or more frequently in the event of a significant change to 
the Group’s business activities or external business environment.

Risk appetite represents the type and level of risk which the Group 
is willing to accept in pursuit of its objectives and is articulated by 
the Board through the Group’s risk appetite statements, at least 
annually or more often if required. These can be expressed in either 
quantitative or qualitative terms. The Group implements these risk 
appetite statements through the adoption of ‘risk thresholds’ 
which provide exposure thresholds at individual risk level which the 
‘first line of defence’ must use to manage the risk exposure within 
risk appetite on a day-to-day basis. The Board approves the risk 
appetite statements at least annually. Risk thresholds are approved 
by the BRC on an annual basis. In setting its risk appetite, the Group 
adheres to the overriding principle that the risk profile of the Group 
should be managed to be as low as reasonably practicable.

The Group publishes risk management policies which describe the 
principal risk management and control requirements that must be 
implemented to manage the Group’s risk exposure within appetite. 

The Group conducts a formal assessment of its risk exposure at 
least once a year to ensure that it is operating within risk appetite. 
The assessment of risk exposure consists of the risk and controls 
self-assessment process (‘RCSA’); a top-down risk assessment 
process; and stress testing and scenario analysis. The findings of 
the RCSA process, the top-down risk assessment process and the 
stress testing and scenario analysis are taken together to determine 
the Group’s overall risk exposure, and then compared with the 
applicable risk appetite statement to assess whether the Group 
is operating within risk appetite.

The RCSA is the process by which the Group assesses its exposure 
to specific risks, including an assessment of the effectiveness of 
the control framework it has in place. RCSAs are undertaken by the 
Group’s front office, support and control functions with support 
from the Risk function. Any impact on the Group’s capital, liquidity, 
reputation, regulatory standing or access to capital markets 
is considered.

The top-down risk assessment process is completed by the Board 
and Executive Committee to ensure that the overall Group risk 
assessment process incorporates the input of those members of 
senior management who have not been involved in the ‘bottom-
up’ RCSA process, and to ensure that the process incorporates the 
Board and Executive’s view of the major and strategic risks to which 
the Group is exposed.

The Group undertakes stress testing and scenario analysis to 
complement the RCSA process and enhance its understanding of its 
risk profile and control framework. These include macro-economic 
scenarios to investigate the impact on the Group of ‘severe but 
plausible’ external events which are beyond the control of the 
Group and reverse stress tests to identify those risks which could 
render the Group’s business model unviable in an extreme scenario, 
thereby identifying those areas of the Group’s control framework 
which require particular scrutiny.

The ability of the Group to withstand severe risk events is, to 
a large extent, determined by the level of capital and liquidity 
resources held by the Group. The Group therefore regularly assesses 
the adequacy of its capital and liquidity resources to cover the 
Group’s risk profile as established through the RCSA, top-down risk 
assessment and stress testing and scenario analysis. The assessment 
of financial resources is undertaken at a subsidiary level, to ensure 
that each subsidiary has access to adequate financial resources on 
a standalone basis.

Principal Risks

The Group identifies the risks to which it is exposed as a result 
of its business objectives, strategy and operating model, and 
categorises those risks into three overarching risk categories: 
Operational Risk, Financial Risk, and Strategic and Business Risk. 
The risks identified within each of these categories are described 
below, along with an explanation of how the Group seeks to 
manage or mitigate these risk exposures.

Operational Risk
Operational Risk is defined as the risk of loss resulting from 
inadequate or failed internal processes, people activities, 
systems or external events. Operational risk is a significant 
component of the Group’s overall risk profile and arises in a 
wide range of activities and scenarios.

Whilst operational risk is often seen as a distinct risk category in 
its own right, in reality it arises in the execution of all activities 
undertaken by the Group. Therefore, the Group seeks to ensure 
that it identifies any exposure to loss arising from processes, 
people activities, systems or external events, in whatever 
context it may arise.

The Group is exposed to operational risk in nearly every facet of its 
role as an intermediary in the wholesale financial markets, arising 
from its dependence on:

•  Large numbers of employees (both broking and support staff) 
undertaking their roles correctly and behaving appropriately;

•  Multiple IT platforms (including broking, middle office and 

support platforms);

•  The accurate execution of a large number of processes including 

those required to execute, clear and settle trades; and
•  The continued availability of various third party market 

infrastructure providers (such as clearing and settlement 
institutions).

The overall objective of the Group’s approach to operational risk 
management is not to attempt to avoid all potential risks, but to 
proactively identify and assess risks and risk situations in order to 
manage them in an efficient and informed manner. 

The Group manages its operational risk exposure through its policy 
framework which prescribes the policies and procedures to be 
followed to ensure the Group’s operational risk exposure remains 
within risk appetite.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  21

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationStrategic Report continued

Business Process
The risk that the Group suffers a loss as a result of a failure in the 
broking business process, whether arising from trade execution 
or from post-trade activities, such as clearing, settlement or trade 
reporting. Failures in the broking process could include a broker 
error or failure to match clients’ orders precisely, resulting in an 
incidental position and consequential market risk for the Group – 
this is discussed under Market Risk below. The Group could also 
experience a failure in the non-broking business process, such as 
in the Information Sales and Risk Management businesses.

Front office and functional heads are responsible for implementing 
an appropriate control framework and ensuring that all staff 
are aware of their risk management responsibilities. Senior 
management are also responsible for monitoring operational 
risk exposure through the adoption and review of appropriate 
management information. 

Senior management seek to foster a culture of openness and 
transparency and ensure that brokers and other members of 
staff are aware of their responsibility to disclose any errors or 
issues that arise at the earliest opportunity.

Legal and Compliance
The risk that the Group incurs loss as a result of litigation brought 
against the Group or incurs significant legal costs in conducting 
litigation to protect the Group’s commercial interests. The Group’s 
Legal department manages the Group’s legal risk and is responsible 
for conducting any litigation which may arise.

The Group is also exposed to the risk of loss due to regulatory 
enforcement action (such as for breaches of conduct of business 
requirements, failures or inadequacy of systems and controls 
including those related to know your customer and anti-money 
laundering, or market abuse provisions) and the possible costs  
and penalties associated with such action. 

The Group’s lead regulator is the FCA, but the Group is also subject 
to the requirements imposed by the regulatory frameworks of the 
other jurisdictions in which the Group operates. The Group’s 
Compliance function is responsible for ensuring that staff are made 
aware of all applicable regulatory requirements and for monitoring 
the Group’s compliance with the various regulatory regimes to 
which the Group is subject. 

Technology and Infrastructure
The risk that the Group experiences the unavailability or failure 
of business critical systems or infrastructure undermining the 
Group’s ability to conduct its business. This includes the failure of 
critical applications, hardware or network components operated 
by the Group, as well as loss or unavailability of any infrastructure 
provided by a third party, such as clearing and settlement facilities. 
It also includes the occurrence of an event which prevents access 
to premises, telecommunications failure or loss of power supply. 

The Group seeks to mitigate this risk by maintaining detailed and 
comprehensive business continuity plans which can be activated 
at short notice to minimise business disruption. 

Recent events in the financial services sector illustrate the 
serious threat posed by cyber-criminals whose activity can result 
in the prolonged disruption of technology infrastructure as well 
as potential loss of critical business or client data. The Group 
continues to monitor and assess the evolving and increasingly 
sophisticated cyber-threat landscape to ensure that its control 
framework is appropriate to address the potential cyber-threats 
to which it is exposed.

Human capital
The risk that the Group is unable to attract or retain the staff 
it requires to operate its business, or is subject to employee 
litigation. The Group seeks to ensure the retention of staff through 
an effective recruitment and performance management process, 
and to foster appropriate employee behaviour through clearly 
articulated values and expectations. 

Financial management
This is the risk of loss arising from a failure to manage or safeguard 
the Group’s financial assets or a failure in a financial management 
process. It includes the risk of loss arising from internal or external 
fraud or employee error (inaccurate payment or cash transfer). It 
also includes a failure to ensure the Group holds adequate working 
capital resulting in an ability to meet obligations as they fall due. 

The Group is also exposed to the risk of financial loss or 
misstatement as a result of non-compliance with regulations 
relating to direct, indirect or employee taxation. 

The Group employs experienced professionals in key jurisdictions 
to manage the Group’s financial position, engaging professional 
advisers, where required.

Governance
The risk of loss or damage to the Group arising as a result of a failure 
of management structures or processes. This includes failure to 
adhere to applicable corporate governance requirements (such as 
those recommended by the UK Corporate Governance Code), a 
failure to ensure adequate succession for key management positions, 
or a failure to exercise effective risk management oversight.

The Group manages this risk through the adoption of appropriate 
governance arrangements and by maintaining up-to-date 
succession plans.

Financial Risk
Market Risk
Market Risk is the vulnerability of the Group to movements in the 
value of financial instruments. The Group does not take trading risk 
and does not hold proprietary trading positions. Consequently, the 
Group is exposed to trading-book market risk only in relation to 
incidental positions in financial instruments arising as a result of 
the Group’s failure to match clients’ orders precisely. The Group has 
limited exposure to non-trading book market risk, specifically to 
interest rate risk and currency risk. 

Residual balances
The Group incurs occasional residual balances in instruments 
traded on a Matched Principal or Executing Broker basis. The 
Group’s operational procedures and risk management policies 
reduce the likelihood of such trade mismatches and, in the event 
that they arise, the Group’s policies require such balances to be 
closed-out as soon as practicable. 

Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its cash deposits and 
on any borrowings under bank facilities. The Group’s Sterling Notes 
carry interest at fixed rates. Cash deposits are typically held at 
maturities of less than three months.

The Group periodically considers its exposure to interest rate volatility.

Analysis of the Group’s sensitivity to movements in interest rates 
is set out in Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

22  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Currency risk
The Group trades in a number of currencies around the world, but 
reports its results in Sterling. The Group therefore has translation 
exposure to foreign currency exchange rate movements in these 
currencies, principally the US dollar and the Euro, and transaction 
exposure within individual operations which undertake 
transactions in one currency and report in another.

Analysis of the Group’s sensitivity to movements in foreign 
currency exchange rates is set out in Note 25 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

Credit Risk
The Credit Risk faced by the Group consists of counterparty 
credit risk (as opposed to issuer risk), and principally arises from 
the following:

•  pre-settlement risk arising from Matched Principal broking;
•  settlement risk arising from Matched Principal broking;
•  cash deposits held at banks and money market instruments; and
•  Name Passing brokerage receivables.

In addition to the individual elements of counterparty risk 
identified above, the Group is also exposed to concentration risk, 
whereby the Group incurs an excessive exposure to an individual 
counterparty or to a group of linked counterparties.

Pre-settlement risk
Pre-settlement Risk arises in the Matched Principal broking 
business in which Group subsidiaries interpose themselves as 
principal between two (or more) contracting parties to a Matched 
Principal transaction and as a result the Group is at risk of loss 
should one of the parties to a transaction default on its obligations 
prior to settlement date. In the event of default, the Group would 
have to replace the defaulted contract in the market. This is a 
contingent risk in that the Group will only suffer loss if the 
market price of the securities has moved adversely to the 
original trade price.

Counterparty exposures are kept under constant review and are 
managed against exposure reporting thresholds, and the Group 
takes steps to reduce counterparty risk where market conditions 
require. Particular attention is paid to more illiquid markets where 
the price movement is more volatile, such as broking in GDR, ADR 
and emerging markets instruments.

The Group is also exposed to short term pre-settlement risk where 
it acts as an executing broker on an exchange, during the period 
between the execution of the trade and the client claiming the 
trade. This exposure is minimal as under the terms of the ‘give-up’ 
agreements the Group has in place with its clients, trades must be 
claimed by the end of trade day. Once the trade has been claimed, 
the Group’s only exposure to the client is for the invoiced 
receivables.

Settlement risk
Settlement Risk is the risk that on settlement date a counterparty 
defaults on its contractual obligation to make payment for a 
securities transaction after the corresponding value has been 
paid away by the Group. Unlike pre-settlement risk, the exposure 
is to the full principal value of the transaction.

In practice the Group is not exposed to this risk as settlement is 
almost invariably effected on a delivery-versus-payment basis. 
Free-of-payment deliveries (where an immediate exposure arises 
due to the Group settling its side of the transaction without 
simultaneous receipt of the counter-value) occur very infrequently 
and only under the application of stringent controls.

Cash deposits
The Group is exposed to counterparty Credit Risk in respect of cash 
deposits held with financial institutions. The vast majority of the 
Group’s cash deposits are held with highly rated clearing banks and 
settlement organisations (as set out in the Credit Risk analysis in 
Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Cash deposit counterparty exposures and limits are kept under 
review and steps are taken to reduce counterparty risk where 
market conditions require.

Name Passing brokerage receivables
The majority of revenue generated by the Group is on a Name Passing 
basis, where the Group acts as agent in arranging the trade and is not 
a counterparty to the transaction. Whilst the Group does not suffer 
any exposure in relation to the underlying instrument brokered (given 
that the Group is not a principal to the trade), it is exposed to the risk 
that the client fails to pay the brokerage it is charged.

Receivables arising from Name Passing brokerage are closely 
monitored by senior management.

Concentration risk
The Group manages its Concentration Risk exposure by 
continually monitoring its exposures to single counterparties 
and to concentrations of counterparty exposure, assessed by 
reference to country groups, credit rating, and counterparty type.

Liquidity Risk
The Group seeks to ensure that it has access to an appropriate 
level of cash, other forms of marketable securities and liquidity 
facilities to enable it to finance its ongoing operations on cost 
effective terms. Cash and cash equivalent balances are held with 
the primary objective of capital security and availability, with a 
secondary objective of generating returns. Funding requirements 
are monitored by the Group’s Finance and Treasury functions.

As a normal part of its operations, the Group faces liquidity 
risk through the risk of being required to fund transactions that 
fail to settle on the due date. From a risk perspective, the most 
problematic scenario concerns ‘fail to deliver’ transactions, where 
the business has received a security from the selling counterparty 
(and has paid cash in settlement of the same) but is unable to 
effect onward delivery of the security to the buying counterparty. 
Such settlement ‘fails’ give rise to a funding requirement, reflecting 
the value of the security which the Group has ‘failed to deliver’ 
until such time as the delivery leg is finally settled and the 
business has received the associated cash.

The Group has addressed this funding risk by arranging overdraft 
facilities to cover ‘failed to deliver’ trades, either with the relevant 
settlement agent/depository or with a clearing bank. Under such 
arrangements, the facility provider will fund the value of any 
‘failed to deliver’ trades until delivery of the security is effected. 
Certain facility providers require collateral (such as a cash deposit 
or parent company guarantee) to protect them from any adverse 
mark-to-market movement and some also charge a funding fee 
for providing the facility.

The Group is also exposed to potential margin calls from clearing 
houses and correspondent clearers, both in the UK and the 
United States.

In the event of a liquidity issue arising, the firm has recourse 
to existing global cash resources, after which it could draw 
down on its £250m committed revolving credit facility as 
additional contingency funding. This facility remained undrawn 
throughout 2015.

Further details of the Group’s borrowings and cash are provided 
in Notes 22, 25 and 31 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  23

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationStrategic Report continued

Specific liquidity risk exposures
In addition to its general Liquidity Risk exposure, the Group 
is exposed to two additional types of funding risk. 

The Group is exposed to the risk that it is required, in the short 
and medium term, to fund a deficit in the Group’s defined 
benefit pension scheme. The scheme currently has a substantial 
funding surplus, and the Group closely monitors developments in 
its funding position. 

The Group is also exposed to the risk that is unable to refinance 
its outstanding debt. The Group seeks to mitigate this risk by 
maintaining a strong credit rating and an ongoing dialogue 
with its lenders and investors, and by ensuring that it complies 
with all of its current debt covenants.

Strategic and Business Risk
The Group operates in an environment characterised by intense 
competition, rapid technological change and a continually evolving 
regulatory framework. Failure to adapt to changing market 
dynamics, customer requirements or the way OTC markets and 
their participants are regulated constitutes a significant risk. The 
Group has identified three principal categories of Strategic and 
Business Risk:

•  regulatory environment;
•  commercial environment; and
•  strategic management.

Regulatory Environment
The Group is exposed to the risk of new regulations imposing 
a fundamental change to the structure or activity of financial 
markets, resulting in a reduced role for IDBs. Specific issues could 
include an inability of the business to provide electronic platforms 
or market facilities which are compliant with new regulations, or 
the obligation to hold punitive levels of regulatory capital.

The Group is also exposed to the risk of a fundamental change 
to the commercial environment due to the impact on clients of 
changes to their regulatory environment causing significantly 
reduced trade volumes. This could include increased execution 
and clearing costs, onerous collateral requirements or increases 
in regulatory capital requirements, or a prohibition on certain 
types of trading activity.

The Group monitors closely regulatory developments in its 
markets and is actively involved in consultation and rule setting 
processes so as to ensure an informed debate of all regulatory 
issues potentially affecting the IDB markets, both on an 
individual firm basis and through trade associations.

Commercial Environment
The Group’s performance would be adversely affected by a 
sustained and prolonged period of suppressed market activity 
leading to reduced revenues. This could arise as a result of 
adverse macro-economic conditions, reduced levels of general 
banking activity, market uncertainty or lack of volatility.

The Group is also exposed to the risk of significant or fundamental 
changes to the commercial or competitive environment. The 
markets in which the Group competes are characterised by rapidly 
changing technology and evolving customer requirements, 
including the demand for electronic broking solutions. Competitors 
offering new or enhanced services may gain first-mover advantage 
to which the Group may not be able to respond in a timely manner. 
Consolidation within the industry or integration with adjacent 
sectors may provide competing firms or platforms with advantages 
of scale, access to wider pools of liquidity, or service capability that 
may put the Group at a competitive disadvantage.

24  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

The Group also competes with other interdealer brokers for staff. 
The costs of employing front office broking staff is currently the 
largest cost faced by the Group. The effect of the competition for 
broking staff can result in an increase in staff costs, or if staff leave 
the Group, can result in the loss of capability, customer 
relationships and expertise.

The Group seeks to manage and mitigate its commercial risk 
through geographic and product diversification and strong client 
relationship management. The Group also continues to develop 
and enhance its electronic broking capability, to ensure that it can 
offer a competitive solution for all major asset classes.

Strategy Management
This is the risk that the Group suffers a reduction in its 
profitability or its competitive position due to a failure to adopt 
or implement an effective business strategy, or as a result of 
inadequate management of the business, potentially undermining 
the viability of the business. It also includes the risk that the Group 
fails to integrate a business acquisition, resulting in a material loss 
of value. 

The Group manages this risk by adopting a strategy defined 
by the Board, which clearly articulates the Group’s business 
objectives. This is subject to ongoing review by the Board to 
ensure it remains effective and appropriate in the context of 
any changes to the commercial and regulatory environment in 
which the Group operates.

The Board’s assessment of the Principal Risks
The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. 

The Board Risk Committee has reviewed reports from the 
Risk function on the risks faced by the Group and the processes 
for the management and mitigation of those risks, and senior 
management have presented to the Committee on the risk 
management actions being taken. The risk reports highlight 
those risks which senior management and the Board have 
identified as being the highest risks, and the Chief Risk Officer 
reports on his assessment of which residual risks are potentially 
outside of the Board’s risk appetite.

During 2015 the risks identified as being the highest risks 
included changes in the regulatory and commercial environments 
that could materially reduce the Group’s revenue or profitability, 
risks related to the availability of technology systems and 
infrastructure, including cyber-risk, that could prevent the Group 
from operating as normal or result in reputational damage, and 
strategic risks particularly related to the proposed acquisition of 
IGBB, the integration of the two businesses and the delivery of 
the expected synergies. The Board has also focused on the Group’s 
ability to refinance the banking facilities that have been put in 
place to finance the acquisition. The Board has paid particular 
attention to risk management governance, measurement 
frameworks, and to the initiatives underway to improve conduct 
and culture in the business designed to ensure that all business 
done is executed to the highest standards.

The risks facing the Group have been considered as part of the 
Board’s review of the Company’s longer term viability.

Culture
In 2015 Tullett Prebon looked to further embed its corporate 
culture across the business, which was founded on shared values 
and principles that it believes are essential for the success of the 
Company in the long term. These values and principles should guide 
decision-making and behaviour in today’s financial environment, 
and help employees to always take the right course of action –  
to the benefit of clients, shareholders, employees and to society. 

In 2015, Tullett Prebon made significant progress on this journey; 
employees have been engaged in an ongoing dialogue on culture 
and the values and principles have been, and will continue to be, 
embedded into all of Tullett Prebon’s business and people processes.

Respect at Work training was provided to all employees globally 
and the Company also launched a new Code of Conduct, which 
focused on appropriate employee conduct, which summarises 
standards to ensure employees do the right thing. The goal is to 
make the values and principles an integral part of how Tullett 
Prebon does business.

Cultural change at Tullett Prebon is an evolving journey and will 
continue throughout 2016 and beyond.

Employees
The Company recognises that to deliver superior performance 
for shareholders and clients, it needs to foster an environment in 
which its employees feel valued and take pride in their work. The 
Company recognises that people are its most important asset and 
that investment in their development is essential for the delivery 
of the Company’s strategy.

Tullett Prebon continues to invest significantly in employee 
development led by Group Human Resources. In May 2015, the 
Company launched its on-line training and performance portal ‘tp2’ 
to deliver e-learning and e-training across the whole organisation. In 
addition, the Company is developing other training and development 
programmes for its employees designed to develop their skills and 
capabilities including instructor-led development courses through 
to individually tailored programmes for senior executives.

In 2015, compliance and risk management training was 
delivered to Tullett Prebon employees and contractors. Leadership 
and management training was also provided to more than 350 
managers and desk heads reinforcing the Company’s cultural 
values and building best business practice.

Also during 2015, the Company successfully introduced a new 
Performance Management process across the Company as part 
of its stated aspiration to be the employer of choice in the 
brokerage industry. 

Corporate Social Responsibility

As a leading international company, Tullett Prebon is strongly 
committed to acting in a responsible way that serves all its 
stakeholders as well as society at large. This is reflected in the 
Company’s ongoing commitment to maintaining sound business 
practices, developing its employees, supporting the communities 
it serves and protecting the environment. 

Governance
Strong governance underpins responsible business practice 
and accountability for social, ethical and environmental matters 
rests with the Board, and is included in its Terms of Reference. The 
Chief Executive is the Board member responsible for driving the 
Corporate Social Responsibility (‘CSR’) agenda. The Company’s CSR 
Governance Committee was established in 2009 and comprises all 
members of the Company’s Executive Committee. This Committee 
continues to oversee and guide the CSR activities of the Company 
and meets as required to discuss CSR matters.

Business ethics
The Board expects the Company to maintain high standards of 
governance and of ethical behaviour throughout the business. 
Policies and procedures exist to ensure employees at all levels 
maintain the high standards of conduct and behaviour expected 
of them.

The Company has a clear set of values namely Honesty, Integrity, 
Respect and Excellence. These together form the foundation of 
how the Company conducts its business, informing the principles 
under which the Company operates and the standards of 
behaviour that are required of all employees and contractors 
engaged by the Company. 

The Company’s approach to ethical behaviour and corporate 
governance is documented in its policies and procedures, for 
observance by all employees and contractors, and provides for:

•  maintaining high standards of compliance and risk management 

– ultimately the responsibility of the Chief Executive, and 
monitored by the Board and Audit Committee;

•  fully complying with legal and regulatory requirements in 
each of the jurisdictions in which it operates, including the 
FCA’s Conduct of Business Sourcebook and the Bank of 
England’s Non-Investment Products Code;

•  prohibiting corrupt practices such as inappropriate payments 

to any third party, directly or indirectly;

•  fully complying with tax laws in each of the jurisdictions in 
which it operates relating to its affairs and the deduction of 
taxes from staff remuneration;

•  trading fairly, knowing its clients and properly understanding 
its trades with its clients. The Company has a policy of not 
participating in trading activities which it suspects may not 
be for legitimate trading purposes, or whose sole purpose 
appears to be tax reduction by the counterparty;

•  guiding employees involved in procurement activities, 

including a requirement to adhere to the highest ethical 
and social standards; and

•  maintaining appropriate guidelines on gifts, hospitality, 

entertainment and conflicts of interest.

In formulating its policies, the Group has due regard to human 
rights considerations.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  25

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationSocial and community issues
Tax and other social payments
The Company continues to maintain a Low Risk rating from HMRC. 
The Company has earned this Low Risk rating in each of the last 
seven years since HMRC started to disclose the names of those 
companies achieving this important status. Tullett Prebon is 
registered, regulated and publicly listed in the UK and will continue 
to pay the right amount of tax at the right time.

Tullett Prebon made payments to tax authorities in the UK and 
the United States (the main jurisdictions in which it operates) 
for 2015 of £193m (2014: £189m), comprising corporation tax, 
premises taxes, employer’s social security payments, income taxes 
and social security paid on behalf of employees and VAT/sales 
taxes. In addition, the Company makes further tax payments to 
the tax authorities in other tax jurisdictions in which it operates.

HM Treasury has adopted the requirements set out under 
CRD IV and issued the Capital Requirements Country-by-Country 
Reporting Regulations 2013 effective 1 January 2014. The legislation 
requires the Company to publish additional information, in respect 
of the year ended 31 December 2015, by 31 December 2016. This 
information will be available by this date on Tullett Prebon’s website, 
www.tullettprebon.com.

Donations
The Company has maintained the policy of making no donations 
to political parties. Charitable donations require the approval 
of the Board. The policy on charitable donations is currently 
being reviewed.

Environment
Tullett Prebon, as an office-based business, is not engaged in activities 
that are generally regarded as having a high environmental impact. 
However, the Board has agreed that it will seek to adopt policies to 
safeguard the environment to meet statutory requirements or where 
such policies are commercially sensible.

The emission of greenhouse gases as a result of office-based 
business activities and from business travel is the Company’s 
main impact on the environment and statistics relating to these 
emissions are set out in the Directors’ Report.

The Company also measures its annual carbon footprint. 
Details can be found in the Directors’ Report.

Strategic Report continued

Employee welfare remains a serious matter for the Company, 
especially given the demanding nature of the broking environment. 
The great majority of Tullett Prebon employees work in an office 
environment and therefore there are no significant areas of risk 
to report. Overall responsibility for employee welfare and the 
management of stress rests with business line management assisted 
by the regional Human Resources departments. This is supplemented 
by an Employee Assistance Programme which provides counselling 
and advice to employees and their families, and the use of 
occupational health specialists if required. The Company’s policies 
on health and safety provide a formal framework and inform line 
management in the discharge of their responsibilities in this area. 

Equal opportunities
Tullett Prebon is committed to attracting, retaining developing 
and advancing the most qualified people without regard to their 
race, ethnicity, religion or belief, gender, age, sexual orientation or 
disability. This commitment is underpinned by policies on equal 
opportunities, harassment and discrimination, to which all 
employees are required to adhere.

In the event that an employee becomes disabled, the Group’s policy 
is to make reasonable adjustments, including arranging training, 
to enable the employee to continue working for the Group.

At 31 December 2015 the Company’s Board comprised two women 
and six men; the senior managers of the Company (excluding the 
Board) comprised six women and fifty-three men; and the Group 
employed 556 women and 2,129 men. 

Key performance indicators
Records on employment matters are maintained as required in 
each legal and regulatory jurisdiction. Key performance indicators 
are as follows:

The Company employed 2,694 full time equivalent employees and 
Directors worldwide in 2015 (47% in Europe, 31% in the Americas 
and 22% in Asia Pacific) compared with 2,536 staff in 2014 (47% 
in Europe, 31% in the Americas and 22% in Asia Pacific). Total 
remuneration for all staff in 2015 excluding payments made under 
the cost improvement programme was £462m (2014: £409m).

The table below sets out the retention levels across the Group 
in 2015:

2015

60% 

39%

48%

33%

52%

28%

EMEA

5 years’ + service 

10 years’ + service 

Americas

5 years’ + service 

10 years’ + service

Asia Pacific

5 years’ + service 

10 years’ + service 

26  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Corporate Governance Report

Chairman’s Statement

Dear Shareholder 

2015 has been a year of considerable change for Tullett Prebon. 
This is not only due to the recently announced agreement to 
acquire ICAP’s global hybrid voice broking and information 
business (‘IGBB’). In his first full year as CEO, John Phizackerley 
has instituted a large number of changes both amongst his 
management team and to the Company’s culture.

Under the CEO’s leadership, the Company also concluded a 
wide-ranging strategy review in the first quarter of the year. Ten 
initiatives were put in place to progress rapidly and forcefully the 
Company’s competitive position and its commitment to value 
creation for shareholders. This included a new client relationship 
management platform, a strategic approach to technology 
development and a revitalised HR plan.

Culture
The Board is acutely conscious of its role in setting the cultural 
norms and tone of the organisation. A considerable amount of 
attention has been focussed on this area during the year. This has 
been led by the CEO and the Board, and further entrenched with 
the appointment of a new Group Legal Counsel. The new cultural 
initiative has been summarised in, and driven by, the instantiation 
of five key principles: acting as a good intermediary, clean pricing, 
appropriate disclosure of information, stringent checks to steer 
clear of financial crime and the promotion of high quality market 
infrastructure. These principles have been, and continue to be, 
promulgated at every level throughout the Group. The Company 
launched a number of initiatives to enhance our commitment to 
improved conduct and culture including : Respect@Work training; 
‘Time for Change’ newsletters; a new tp2 on-line training portal and 
the introduction of a robust performance management process.

Board and committee composition
As signalled a year ago, a new Non-executive Director, Carol 
Sergeant, was appointed to the Board with the additional 
responsibility of being Chairman of a new committee of the 
Board, the Risk Committee. This appointment continued our 
practice of diversifying the composition of the board in terms of 
background, skill and gender. With the last two Non-executive 
Director appointments, the Board has introduced technology 
and risk skills. These add to the existing skill-base in banking, 
investments, markets, audit, political and regulatory fields.

The Board undertakes an annual evaluation exercise, which 
encompasses the performance of the committees as well. This 
year, the evaluation was conducted internally; next year’s will be 
external, reflecting the Board’s decision to conduct an external 
evaluation once every three years. The Board is comfortable that 
significant progress has been made with respect to the rigour of 
the discussion around the Board table, the breadth of subject 
matter addressed and the change in culture throughout the Group. 

The Board also reviews annually the independence, and through 
myself the performance, of each of the Non-executive Directors. 
All of the Non-executive Directors are considered by the Board to 
be independent. My own performance is assessed by the Senior 
Independent Non-executive Director.

Risk
As mentioned, the Board’s work in 2015 included the establishment 
of a formal Risk Committee of the Board. This took place in parallel 
with the appointment of a dedicated Chief Risk Officer. The first 
three meetings of that committee have already made a substantial 
difference to the quality of risk management information escalated 
to the Board. Moreover, the risk architecture of the Group has been 
greatly improved following these changes, which have facilitated 
the formalising and embedding of the cultural framework.

People and training
Considerable focus has been placed on people and the general 
approach to communication and training. Proactive communication 
in the form of ‘Time for Change’ newsletter, regional Town Hall 
meetings and general regular updates from the CEO have improved 
the flow of information across the Company on important topics. 
Training initiatives have been rolled out for all staff related to 
conduct and culture, and for specific populations with regard to risk 
awareness and regulatory compliance. A Company-wide system 
was launched as a central hub for all training activity and this will 
continue to be expanded. 

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  27

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationCorporate Governance Report continued

Remuneration
Stephen Pull, the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, has 
set out his report on pages 39 to 52 of this Annual Report. Stephen 
and I will seek to engage with shareholders during 2016 in order to 
put in place a new legally binding three year remuneration policy. 
The timing is uncertain and it is therefore unclear whether we will 
apply our current Policy to part or all of 2016 or seek shareholder 
approval during 2016 for a new policy. In any event we will seek 
shareholder approval for a new Remuneration Policy at our AGM 
in 2017 at the latest. We expect this policy to be heavily oriented 
towards aligning the interests of management and shareholders 
and, subject to its completion, the successful integration of the 
acquisition of IGBB.

Shareholder communications
Due in part to the reporting of the conclusions of the strategy review 
in the first quarter of 2015 and in part to the announcement of the 
acquisition of IGBB, there has been very significant communication 
and engagement with shareholders over the last 12 months. It is 
expected that, due to the continuing development of the business, 
2016 will also see considerable shareholder communication and 
engagement. I am grateful to all of our shareholders for their 
support and to those who have given feedback.

2015 was another year of change and progress, distinguished by 
the considerable amount of both. The Board continues to discuss 
and challenge its assumptions and conclusions concerning the 
development of the business and will remain assiduous on behalf 
of shareholders during 2016.

Rupert Robson
Chairman
1 March 2016

Directors

Composition of the Board
The Board currently comprises two Executive Directors, five 
independent Non-executive Directors and a Non-executive Chairman. 
Over half the Board is therefore composed of independent non-
executive directors. There was one Board change during 2015. Carol 
Sergeant was appointed as an independent Non-executive Director 
and Chairman of the newly formed Risk Committee on 2 July 2015. 
At the same time as the appointment of Carol Sergeant, the Board 
decided to streamline membership of the Committees due to the 
time constraints of the current Board and Committee programme. 

The Chairman, Rupert Robson, was, at appointment, independent 
of the Company and the management, but, as Chairman, is not 
classified as independent under the Code. His other significant 
commitments are noted in his biography on page 30.

The Directors’ biographies on page 30 demonstrate the Board’s 
depth and breadth of experience and skill. Six of the Directors 
(including five of the Non-executive Directors) have extensive 
previous experience at senior levels in the financial services sector. 
Two of the Directors are chartered accountants (one of who was an 
audit partner in a major firm of accountants). The Finance Director 
was previously Finance Director of a number of other companies.

There is a clearly defined and documented division of responsibilities 
between the Chairman and the Chief Executive that is reviewed 
annually. The primary responsibility of the Chairman is the 
leadership of the Board. The primary responsibility of the Chief 
Executive is the running of the Company’s operations, maintaining 
effective management and the development and implementation 
of strategy in order to maximise shareholder value.

The Board allows the Executive Directors to take up appointments 
with other companies on the proviso that the time commitment 
involved is not too onerous and would not conflict with their duties 
to the Company.

The terms of the Directors’ service agreements and letters 
of appointment are summarised in the Report on Directors’ 
Remuneration. Non-executive directors’ contracts are for specific 
terms and are subject to annual re-election by shareholders. The 
service agreements and the letters of appointment will be available 
for inspection during normal business hours on any weekday (other 
than public holidays) at the Company’s registered office, and at the 
AGM from fifteen minutes prior to the meeting until its conclusion.

28  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Independence of Directors
The Board has determined that all of the Non-executive Directors 
are independent in character and judgement and there are no 
relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect, or could 
appear to affect, any Director’s judgement. The Senior Independent 
Non-executive Director has responsibility for engaging with any 
shareholders if they have concerns which contact through the 
normal channels of Chairman, Chief Executive or Finance Director 
has failed to resolve, or for which such contact is inappropriate. The 
Senior Independent Non-executive Director provides a sounding 
board for the Chairman and is available to act as an intermediary 
for other Directors when necessary.

Induction, professional development and 
corporate awareness
All Directors receive an induction to the Company on joining 
the Board and relevant training is available to Directors to 
assist them in the performance of their duties. The Chairman is 
responsible for ensuring that Directors continually update their 
skills and knowledge and familiarity with the Company required 
to fulfil their role on the Board and its Committees. The Audit, 
Risk and Remuneration Committees receive briefings on current 
developments. The Non-executive Directors take advantage 
of sector and general conferences and seminars and training 
events organised by professional firms and receive circulars and 
training materials from the Company and other professional 
advisers. Presentations are made to the Board by members of the 
Company’s Executive Committee and arrangements are made for 
Non-executive Directors to meet members of the management 
teams on a regular basis.

Non-executive Directors periodically visit the Company’s 
international offices, usually in connection with other activities. 
The Board is kept informed of any material shareholder 
correspondence, brokers’ reports on the Company and sector, 
institutional voting agency recommendations and documents 
reflecting current shareholder thinking.

Conflicts of interest 
The Company’s Articles of Association permit the Board to consider 
and, if it sees fit, to authorise situations where a Director has an 
interest that conflicts, or may possibly conflict, with the interests 
of the Company (a ‘Relevant Situation’). The Board has a formal 
system in place for Directors to declare Relevant Situations to be 
considered for authorisation by those Directors who have no 
interest in the matter being considered. In deciding whether to 
authorise a Relevant Situation, the non-conflicted Directors must 
act in the way they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to 
promote the success of the Company, and they may impose limits 
or conditions when giving the authorisation or subsequently if they 
think this is appropriate. The Board has followed the prescribed 
procedures in deciding whether, and on what terms, to authorise 
Relevant Situations and believes that the systems it has in place for 
reporting and considering Relevant Situations, including an annual 
review of authorisations, continue to operate effectively. During 
the year the Board, reviewed the external business commitments 
of members of the Board and concluded that none of these gave 
rise to conflicts of interest or other factors which might affect the 
effective operation of the Company or the Board.

Performance evaluation
Reviews of the effectiveness of the Board and its Committees 
and the performance of individual Directors were undertaken in 
2015. The effectiveness of the Board was reviewed internally by 
way of an on-line questionnaire using Evalu8. The outcomes of the 
questionnaire were discussed at a Board meeting and follow up 
actions proposed. The review of the Board’s effectiveness concluded 
that the Board was operating effectively. The effectiveness of the 
Board’s Committees was also undertaken using Evalu8 and similarly 
concluded that the Board’s Committees were operating effectively. 
In 2013 an independent, external facilitator was used and it is the 
Board’s intention to carry out an independent, externally facilitated 
review in 2016.

Performance evaluations of individual Directors were also undertaken 
which considered the effectiveness and commitment of the individual 
Directors and the need for any training or development. In January 
2016 the Chairman formally met the Non-executive Directors without 
the Executive Directors being present to evaluate the performance of 
the individual Executive Directors. The Senior Independent Non-
executive Director and the other Non-executive Directors met without 
the Chairman being present to evaluate the Chairman’s performance, 
having first obtained feedback from the Executive Directors. They also 
considered the Chairman’s commitment of time to the Company in 
light of his other commitments, as noted in his biography on page 30 
and concluded that he fully satisfied his obligations to the Company. 
Appropriate feedback was provided following these meetings. The 
Chairman has also provided feedback on performance to the Non-
executive Directors.

Compliance with the Corporate Governance Code
The Company complies with UK Corporate Governance Code 
(the ‘Code’).

Election or re-election at the AGM
At the 2012 AGM, amendments to the Company’s Articles 
with regard to re-election of Directors were approved in order 
to align them with the recommendations set out in the Code. 
Consequently, the Articles require that, at each AGM of the 
Company, all Directors must retire from office and each Director 
wishing to serve again must submit themselves for election or 
re-election by shareholders.

Details of those Directors who are submitting themselves for 
election or re-election at this year’s AGM are set out in the separate 
notice of meeting.

Carol Sergeant was appointed since the last AGM and accordingly 
is subject to election at the forthcoming AGM. The Board believes 
that Carol Sergeant brings extensive knowledge of financial 
markets and expertise in the area of risk and regulation, which 
will enable her to make a valuable contribution to the Company 
and the Board recommends her election.

The Chairman has confirmed in the Chairman’s Statement, and the 
Board is satisfied that, following formal performance evaluation, 
the performance of each of the Directors offering themselves for 
re-election continues to be effective, and that each demonstrates 
commitment to the role.

Biographies of all Directors are set out on the following page.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  29

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationBoard of Directors

Rupert Robson (55)
Chairman

Roger Perkin (67)
Independent Non-executive Director

Rupert Robson was appointed to the Board in January 2007 and 
to Chairman on 6 March 2013. He is Chairman of the Nominations 
Committee and a trustee of the Company’s pension scheme. 
Currently he is Chairman of Sanne Group plc and a Non-executive 
Director of Savills plc. He has held a number of senior roles in 
financial institutions, most recently Chairman of Charles Taylor plc, 
Non-executive Director of London Metal Exchange Holdings Ltd 
and Non-executive Director of OJSC Nomos Bank, Global Head, 
Financial Institutions Group, Corporate Investment Banking and 
Markets at HSBC and Head of European Insurance, Investment 
Banking at Citigroup Global Markets. He is also Chairman of EMF 
Capital Partners.

John Phizackerley (54) 
Chief Executive

John Phizackerley was appointed to the Board and as Chief 
Executive in September 2014. From 1986 to 2009 he held various 
positions in Lehman Brothers Europe including Head of Equity 
Research, Head of Equity Sales in Europe, Global Head of Pan-
European Cash Equities, Co-Head of European Equities and Chief 
Administrative Officer, Europe and Middle East. He remained 
with the firm post the Nomura acquisition in 2009 and held 
a number of positions, including Chief Operating Officer of 
Nomura International and Chief Executive Officer of Nomura 
Bank International, becoming Chief Executive Officer of Nomura 
International plc in 2011. 

Paul Mainwaring (52)
Finance Director

Paul Mainwaring qualified as a chartered accountant with Price 
Waterhouse in 1987, and obtained an MBA from Cranfield School of 
Management in 1991. From 1993 to 2000, he worked for Caradon plc 
in a number of financial roles, including three years as Finance 
Director of MK Electric. In 2000, he was appointed as Group Finance 
Director of TDG plc. He was appointed as Group Finance Director 
of Mowlem plc in 2005. He was appointed to the Collins Stewart 
Tullett plc Board in October 2006, and has been Finance Director 
of Tullett Prebon plc since December 2006. He is also a trustee of 
the Company’s pension scheme.

Angela Knight (65)
Senior Independent Non-executive Director

Angela Knight was appointed as a Non-executive Director of 
Tullett Prebon plc in September 2011. She is a member of the 
Audit, Remuneration and Nominations Committees. Angela Knight 
is the Senior Independent Director on Brewin Dolphin Plc and a 
Non-executive Director of Transport for London and Chair of the 
Office of Tax Simplification. She was formerly the Chief Executive 
of Energy UK until 31 December 2014, the Chief Executive of the 
British Bankers’ Association from 2007 to 2012 and the Chief 
Executive of the Association of Private Client Investment Managers 
and Stockbrokers from 1997 to 2006. She was also formerly the 
Member of Parliament for Erewash from 1992 to 1997, serving as 
a Treasury Minister from 1995 to 1997. Her previous Non-executive 
Director appointments include the Financial Skills Partnership, 
Lloyds TSB plc, Scottish Widows and LogicaCMG plc.

Roger Perkin joined the Board on 1 July 2012. He is Chairman of 
the Audit Committee and a member of the Risk and Nominations 
Committees. He is a former partner at Ernst & Young LLP and spent 
40 years in the accounting profession before retiring from the firm 
in 2009. He is a Non-executive Director and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee for Nationwide Building Society and Electra Private 
Equity plc. He was formerly a Non-executive Director at The 
Evolution Group plc until its acquisition in December 2011 and 
at Friends Life Group Limited until its acquisition in 2015. He is 
a trustee of two charities, Chiddingstone Castle and Crime 
Reduction Initiatives.

Stephen Pull (59)
Independent Non-executive Director

Stephen Pull was appointed as a Non-executive Director of 
Tullett Prebon plc in September 2011. He is Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee, a member of the Nominations 
Committee and a trustee of the Company’s pension scheme. 
Stephen Pull was Chairman of Corporate Broking at Nomura 
between 2008 and 2011 following their acquisition of Lehman 
Brothers Europe for whom Stephen worked from 2002 as Head 
of Corporate Broking, and then as Chairman of Corporate Broking. 
He has also held a number of other senior roles in the City, including 
Managing Director of Corporate Broking at Merrill Lynch and Head 
of UK Equity Sales at Barclays de Zoete Wedd.

David Shalders (49)
Independent Non-executive Director

David Shalders joined the Board on 27 February 2014 and is a 
member of the Remuneration and Risk Committees. David Shalders 
is Group Operations & Technology Director at Willis Towers 
Watson, responsible for information technology, operations, real 
estate and change management functions. David Shalders joined 
Willis from the Royal Bank of Scotland Group where he served for 
over a decade in senior operations and IT roles, most recently as 
Global Chief Operating Officer for Global Banking and Markets. 
He also led the division’s regulatory response to Basel 3. Prior to 
that, David led the Group’s integration with ABN Amro and held 
roles as Head of London and Asia Operations and Head of 
Derivative Operations for NatWest.

Carol Sergeant (63)
Independent Non-executive Director

Carol Sergeant CBE was appointed as a Non-executive Director 
in July 2015. She chairs the Board’s Risk Committee and is also a 
member of the Audit Committee. She is currently a Non-executive 
Director at Danske Bank Group as well as being Chair of the 
Standards Policy and Strategy Committee of the British Standards 
Institute, Trustee of the Lloyds Register Foundation and Chair of the 
UK whistle blowing charity, Public Concern at Work. Carol Sergeant 
has enjoyed a distinguished City career, holding various senior 
positions, including Head of Major Banks’ Supervision at the 
Bank of England, Managing Director at the Financial Services 
Authority and Chief Risk Officer at Lloyds Banking Group. She 
was a Non-executive Director at Secure Trust Bank plc until 
31 December 2015.

30  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Board Process 

The Board has a formal Schedule of Matters reserved to it for 
decision, which can be viewed on the Company’s website  
www.tullettprebon.com. The Schedule includes, among 
other things:

•  approval of the Group’s strategy;
•  changes to the Group’s capital or corporate structure;
•  oversight of the Group’s management, governance and 

control structure;

•  approval of any material borrowing or commitment;
•  Board appointments and removals;
•  the approval of the prosecution or settlement of all litigation 

which is material to the interests of the Group;

•  reporting to shareholders; and
•  environmental, social and governance policies, including 

Corporate Social Responsibility policy.

Beneath the Board there is a structure of delegated authority which 
sets out the authority levels allocated to the individual Directors 
and senior management.

The Board has established Audit, Remuneration and Nominations 
Committees and in 2015 established a Risk Committee, to which it 
has delegated some of its responsibilities. Each of the Committees 
has detailed Terms of Reference, which can be viewed on the 
Company’s website, and a schedule of business to be transacted 
during the year. The Board reviews the Terms of Reference each 
year to ensure they cover the relevant areas. The responsibilities of 
the Nominations Committee together with an overview of its work 
during the year are described below. Separate reports for the Audit, 
Risk and Remuneration Committee are set out on pages 32 to 52.

Board and Committee attendance record  

The Board and its Committees are provided with appropriate 
information on a timely basis to enable them to discharge their 
duties. All Directors receive written reports prior to each meeting 
which enable them to make an informed decision on corporate and 
business issues under review.

All Board meetings are minuted and any unresolved concerns are 
recorded in such minutes.

The Group has a comprehensive system for financial reporting 
which is subject to review by both internal and external audit. 
Budgets, regular re-forecasts and monthly management accounts 
including KPIs, income statements, balance sheets and cash flows 
are prepared at all levels of the business and consolidated reports 
are reviewed by the Board.

The Board has a schedule of eight meetings each year to discuss 
the Group’s ordinary course of business. Every effort is made to 
arrange these meetings so that all Directors can attend; additional 
meetings are arranged as required.

The table below sets out the Board and Committee attendance 
record during the year.

The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring that the Board 
keeps up to date with key changes in legislation which affect the 
Company. The appointment or removal of the Company Secretary 
is a matter reserved for the Board. 

All Directors have access to the services of the Company 
Secretary and there are procedures in place for taking independent 
professional advice at the Company’s expense if required. The 
Company maintains liability insurance for its Directors and officers.

Executive Directors

John Phizackerley 

Paul Mainwaring

Non-executive Directors

Rupert Robson

Angela Knight

Roger Perkin

Stephen Pull

Carol Sergeant(2)

David Shalders

Board(1)

Audit Committee

Risk Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nominations 
Committee

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

3/5

7/9

–

–

–

5/5

5/5

2/2

2/3

–

–

–

–

–

2/2

–

2/2

1/2

–

–

–

5/6

3/3

6/6

–

5/6

–

–

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

–

–

(1)  Excludes meetings of Committees of the Board appointed to complete routine business or business previously approved by the Board.

(2)  Carol Sergeant was appointed to the Board in July 2015 and had previous confirmed commitments that meant she was unable to attend the Board and Committee 

meetings in July and November. 

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  31

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder Information 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report continued

Relations with Shareholders 

The Board recognises the importance of communication with 
shareholders. The Company’s website, www.tullettprebon.com, 
provides information for shareholders and prospective investors on 
the Group’s activities, results, products and recent developments.

There is regular dialogue with institutional investors, fund managers 
and analysts, including presentations around the time of the results 
announcements and also on request.

During 2015 the Company recorded a webcast of its 2015 interim 
results presentation, which is also now available to download on 
the Company’s website. 

The Senior Independent Non-executive Director and the other 
Non-executive Directors are available to meet with shareholders, 
should such meetings be requested. 

For the payment of the recommended final dividend for 2015 
and future dividends, the Company has put in place a facility 
for payments to be made via CREST.

Annual General Meeting 
The Board uses the AGM to communicate with investors and 
welcomes their participation. Notice of the AGM and related 
papers are sent to shareholders at least 20 working days before 
the meeting. The Chairman aims to ensure that all of the Directors, 
including Chairmen of the Committees of the Board, are available at 
AGMs to answer questions and meet shareholders. The proxy votes 
cast on each resolution proposed at general meetings are disclosed 
at those meetings. To encourage shareholder participation, those 
shareholders whose shares are held via the CREST system are offered 
the facility to submit their proxy votes via CREST.

chosen would become the Chairman of the new Risk Committee 
of the Board. The candidate needed to have a sound knowledge of 
the financial services industry, especially in banking and markets, 
a sound understanding of regulatory developments, a strong 
reputation with the Regulator and the ability to contribute to 
the Board in the normal way as a Non-executive Director. During 
the process consideration was given to the question of diversity, 
including gender, to ensure the individual appointed had the 
correct balance of skills, experience and knowledge to be effective. 
After a comprehensive recruitment process, the Committee 
nominated Carol Sergeant and this appointment was approved by 
the Board. The external search consultancy retained by the Board 
in respect of Carol Sergeant’s appointment was Korn Ferry. The 
Company does not have any other connection with Korn Ferry.

The other main task performed by the Committee was in 
relation to succession planning. The Company has plans in place 
for orderly succession for appointments to the Board and to senior 
management, so as to maintain an appropriate balance of skills 
and experience within the Company and on the Board and to 
ensure the progressive refreshing of the Board. The search for Board 
candidates is conducted with due regard to the benefits of diversity 
on the Board, including gender. The Board makes appointments 
on merit against objective criteria and accordingly it does not set 
diversity targets. The Nominations Committee agreed formal 
succession plans in the event that the Chief Executive or Finance 
Director was absent on short notice. The Committee similarly agreed 
with the Chief Executive formal succession plans for each member 
of the Executive Committee. The Committee also considered longer 
term succession within the Group at a senior level and has discussed 
this topic with the Chief Executive and the Group Head of HR. 

Audit Committee Report 

Nominations Committee Report

Chairman’s Statement

Composition
The Nominations Committee is chaired by Rupert Robson. 
The other members throughout the year were Angela Knight, 
Roger Perkin and Stephen Pull. The other Non-executive 
Directors and Executive Directors are invited to attend meetings 
where appropriate. 

All members of the Committee, other than the Chairman, are 
independent Non-executive Directors.

The Board has delegated responsibility to the Nominations 
Committee for:

•  reviewing the balance and skill, knowledge and experience of 

the Board;

•  agreeing and implementing procedures for the selection of new 

Board appointments; and

•  making recommendations to the Board on all proposed new 

appointments, elections and re-elections of Directors at Annual 
General Meetings.

The Nominations Committee is authorised to obtain all necessary 
information from within the Company and to access professional 
advice inside and outside the Company, as it considers necessary. 
The Terms of Reference of the Nominations Committee are 
available on the Company’s website, www.tullettprebon.com.

Work of the Nominations Committee
As reported in last year’s Annual Report, the Nominations 
Committee had initiated a search for a new Non-executive Director 
with specific experience in risk management as the individual 

32  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Dear Shareholder

As Chairman of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to introduce 
this report which sets out how the Committee has discharged its 
responsibilities during the year. The Committee’s primary focus is 
to ensure the integrity of the financial reporting by reviewing the 
controls in place and those areas where judgement is required. 
The other key areas in the Terms of Reference are set out below.

Outside of the formal Committee meetings, I maintain regular 
dialogue with internal and external auditors. Additionally I visited 
the Group in both New York and Singapore where I met with both 
local management and auditors in order better to understand local 
issues and the respective audit arrangements.

I regularly report to the Board on how the Committee has discharged 
its responsibilities. As requested by the Board, the Committee has 
considered the processes and controls in place to help ensure that 
the Annual Report presents a fair, balanced and understandable view 
of the business. As a result of this work the Committee concluded 
that the processes and controls were appropriate and was able to 
provide positive assurance to the Board.

As referenced in the Chairman’s Statement on page 27, the Board 
Risk Committee was formed in June 2015 to exercise primary 
oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. This will 
complement the review of the control framework undertaken 
by the Audit Committee. 

Roger Perkin
Chairman 
Audit Committee
1 March 2016

Composition
Roger Perkin chaired the Audit Committee during the year. The 
other members of the Committee during the year were Angela 
Knight, Stephen Pull and Carol Sergeant. Stephen Pull stepped 
down as member of the Committee on 2 July 2015 and Carol 
Sergeant was appointed as a member of the Committee on the 
same date. All members of the Committee are independent 
Non-executive Directors. The Audit Committee Chairman has 
recent and relevant financial experience. The Chairman of the 
Committee is also a member of the Risk Committee. 

The Chairman, the Executive Directors, the Company’s external 
and internal auditors, and other senior risk management and 
finance personnel attend Committee meetings by invitation. 
The Committee has a discussion with the external auditor at 
least once a year without the Executive Directors being present, 
to ensure that there are no unresolved issues of concern.

Terms of Reference
Throughout 2015 the Audit Committee’s Terms of Reference included:

•  recommending the appointment and terms of engagement 

of the external auditor;

•  reviewing the independence and objectivity of the external 

auditor, including the Company’s policy on the auditor providing 
non-audit services and associated fees;

•  overseeing the relationship with the external auditor, including 
approving the annual audit plan and scope of engagement and 
reviewing the effectiveness of the audit process;

•  monitoring the integrity of the Financial Statements and all formal 
announcements relating to the Company’s financial performance;

•  reviewing the results of the audit;
•  reviewing the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control 

and risk management procedures;

•  approving the annual internal audit plan, reviewing the 

effectiveness of the internal audit function, and consideration 
of internal audit reports;

•  reviewing the arrangements by which staff may, in confidence, 

raise concerns about potential improprieties in financial 
reporting and other matters;

•  providing advice to the Board on whether the Annual Report, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Company’s position, performance, business model and 
strategy; and

•  ensuring that the audit services contract is put out to tender 

at least once every ten years and initiating and supervising the 
selection process.

The Terms of Reference of the Audit Committee are available on the 
Company’s website, www.tullettprebon.com.

Audit tenders
Deloitte LLP (‘Deloitte’) has been the Company’s auditor since 
its listing in December 2006.

The Company has complied with the requirements of the 
Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation 
(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 throughout the year 
ended 31 December 2015.

In 2013 the Board put the external audit contract out for tender 
and concluded that Deloitte should be re-appointed and that 
a new lead audit partner would be appointed to the Company’s 
audit by Deloitte in 2014 in accordance with normal rotation 
practices. The Audit Committee will monitor developments in 
best practice with regard to audit tender arrangements. 

At the same time that the external audit was put out for tender, 
the Audit Committee also reviewed the Company’s internal audit 
arrangements. The Audit Committee made a recommendation to 
the Board that KPMG should be appointed to provide internal audit 
services for the Company and this appointment took effect from 
1 July 2014. 

Work of the Audit Committee since the date 
of the last Annual Report 
The Audit Committee was engaged in a number of work streams 
during 2015 as described below.

External auditor effectiveness and independence
In considering the 2015 Annual Report, the Audit Committee 
reviewed the objectivity and independence of the external auditor. 
The Audit Committee considered the professional and regulatory 
guidance on auditor independence and Deloitte’s policies and 
procedures for managing independence and was satisfied with the 
auditor’s representations. The Audit Committee reviewed the level 
of fees paid to the auditor in respect of the various non-audit 
services provided during 2015 (which are disclosed in Note 6 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements). During the period under 
review the non-audit services performed by the external auditor 
amounted to £2.1m, 91% compared with the £2.3m of audit fees. 
These non-audit services include £1.7m of fees related to the 
proposed acquisition of IGBB, in respect of due diligence services 
and acting as reporting accountant. Excluding these fees, the 
proportion of non-audit fees was 17%.

The auditor confirmed to the Audit Committee that they did 
not believe that the level of non-audit fees had affected their 
independence. The Company’s policy is to use the most appropriate 
advisers for non-audit work, taking account of the need to maintain 
independence. To this end, the Company has defined those activities 
which cannot be provided by the external auditor in order to 
maintain independence. The Audit Committee reviewed this policy 
during the year to ensure that it continues to follow best practice.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  33

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationCorporate Governance Report continued

During the year the Audit Committee considered the effectiveness 
of the external audit process including their expertise, efficiency, 
global service delivery and cost effectiveness. The effectiveness of 
management in the external audit process is assessed principally 
in relation to the timely identification and resolution of areas of 
accounting judgement, the quality and timeliness of papers 
analysing those judgements, management’s approach to the value 
of independent audit and the booking of any audit adjustments 
arising and the timely provision of draft public documents for 
review by the auditor and the Audit Committee.

Going concern and viability statement
The assumptions relating to the going concern review and 
viability statement were considered, including the medium term 
projections, stress tests and mitigation plans. On the basis of 
the review, the Audit Committee advised the Board that it was 
appropriate for the Annual Report and Financial Statements to be 
prepared on the going concern basis. The Committee also reviewed 
the long term taking into account the Group’s current position and 
principal risks and advised the Board that the statement and the 
three year period of the assessment were appropriate.

The Audit Committee also monitored performance during the audit 
of the 2015 financial statements which included receiving feedback 
from senior management. The conclusion from this exercise was 
that the 2015 external audit had been effective.

Review of the Financial Statements
The Audit Committee reviewed the integrity of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements included in the half-year and preliminary 
announcements of results and the 2015 Annual Report, prior to 
their approval by the Board.

When conducting the review, the Committee considered the 
continuing appropriateness of the accounting policies, important 
financial reporting judgements and the adequacy and appropriateness 
of disclosures. The Audit Committee also reviewed the content of the 
Annual Report and advised the Board that, in its view, the Annual 
Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy.

The Audit Committee considered the following judgements in 
connection with the 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements 
and were satisfied that the judgements were appropriate. The 
judgements are consistent with those considered in respect of 
the 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
The key elements involved in the review of goodwill for impairment 
are described in Note 13; and the procedures adopted by the 
external auditor are described in their report.

The Committee considered whether the facts taken into account 
were complete and consistent with the Group’s business planning 
process, and challenged the auditor as to the extent to which they 
had examined potential stress outcomes to the base case used, 
particularly in areas where there is limited headroom.

Based on the above the Committee is satisfied with the process 
undertaken and the resultant financial statement impact.

Taxation
Notwithstanding the Group’s low appetite for complex tax 
structuring, the dynamic nature of its global operations necessarily 
gives rise to uncertainties where judgements need to be made as to 
likely outcomes. Management regularly presents the status of open 
tax issues to the Committee, and, it is satisfied that an appropriately 
considered and prudent approach is taken to tax provisioning.

Revenue
The recognition of revenue by the Group requires little judgement 
but is reliant to a significant degree on strong internal controls 
(see below).

Risk management and internal control
The Board is responsible for setting the Group’s risk appetite and 
ensuring that it has an appropriate and effective risk management 
framework and for monitoring the ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating, managing and reporting the significant risks faced by 
the Group. The Group’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework 
and principal risks are described in the Risk Management section 
of the Strategic Report. 

The Board is also responsible for the Group’s system of internal 
control and for reviewing its effectiveness. The system is designed 
to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives, and can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against misstatement or loss. In discharging its 
responsibilities in this respect, the Board has appointed the Audit 
Committee to carry out an annual review of the effectiveness of 
the internal control and risk management systems and to report 
to the Board thereon. The Audit Committee conducted a formal 
review of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control systems 
for 2015, considering reports from management, external audit 
and the work of the Group Risk and Internal Audit functions.

This process has been in place for the year under review and 
up to the date of approval of the Annual Report, is reviewed 
regularly by the Board and accords with the FRC’s ‘Internal 
Control: Guidance for Directors’. 

Effectiveness of Internal Audit
The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing 
the effectiveness of Internal Audit. The internal audit plan is 
approved by the Audit Committee and kept under review during 
the year, in order to reflect the changing business needs and to 
ensure new and emerging risks are considered. During 2015 the 
Audit Committee reviewed the work and reports of Internal Audit, 
together with implementation of internal audit recommendations 
and monitored progress against the internal audit plan during 2015 
to ensure that the audit plan had been completed effectively.

The Audit Committee reviewed and approved the internal audit 
plan for the new internal audit year, running from 1 July 2015 to 
30 June 2016, prepared by the head of internal audit, and reviewed 
the work and reports of internal audit since 1 January 2015.

Confidential reporting
The Audit Committee reviewed arrangements by which staff may, 
in confidence, raise concerns about improprieties in matters of 
financial reporting or other matters. In conducting the review, 
the Committee took into account whether the policies were in 
line with guidance published by the FCA.

34  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Risk Committee Report 

Chairman’s Statement 

Dear Shareholder

As Chairman of the Risk Committee (the ‘Committee’), I am 
pleased to introduce this report which sets out how the Committee 
discharged its responsibilities during 2015. The Committee’s role is 
not to eliminate risk, but rather to consider and recommend to the 
Board the Group’s risk appetite, risk principles and policies such that 
the risks (including reputational risk) are reasonable and appropriate 
for the Company and can be managed and controlled within the 
limits of the financial, human and systems resources of the 
Company; and finally, to monitor that these principles and thresholds 
are being adhered to.

The Committee was set up in June 2015 and, following my 
appointment to the Board, I chaired my first meeting in 
September 2015.

Outside of the formal Committee meetings, I maintain regular 
contact with the Chief Risk Officer and his team and the Group 
General Counsel. During 2016, I will be visiting the businesses in 
New York and Singapore and will also be attending meetings of 
the key executive risk committees.

Terms of Reference
The Risk Committee’s Terms of Reference include:

•  considering the Group’s overall risk management and compliance 

framework and its risk appetite, principles and policies; 
•  reviewing new risk principles and policies and any material 

amendments; 

•  considering future and emerging risks and current and upcoming 

regulatory developments; 

•  overseeing the Group’s risk exposures against risk appetite, and 

risk and conduct management practices;

•  reviewing the Group’s prudential regulatory requirements 
(capital and liquidity/ICAAP, recovery and resolution plans);
•  considering the risks arising from any strategic initiatives; and
•  providing input to the Remuneration Committee on the 

alignment of remuneration to risk performance. 

Work of the Risk Committee since its establishment 
in June 2015
The main focus of the Committee during its first six months has 
been putting in place an effective risk and control framework to 
support the Company’s new cultural initiative, business objectives 
and the regulatory agenda, including reviews of past business.

Specifically, the Committee has:

The Committee has agreed a programme of work for 2016, which 
includes in-depth reviews of risk management effectiveness in 
IT and HR, risk management of the Integration programme for 
the IGBB acquisition and reviews of significant business areas.

•  Agreed the eight risk categories in the Group’s risk taxonomy 

along with the metrics and other information that will be used 
to measure and control these risks and how this will be reported 
to the Committee;

It is early days for the Risk Committee, but the risk framework, 
cultural transformation programme and quality of reporting to 
the Risk Committee are all making good progress. 

The report below provides more information on the Terms 
of Reference of the Committee and how it has discharged its 
responsibilities this year. The conclusions of the Risk Committee 
are regularly reported to the Board.

Carol Sergeant 
Chairman  
Risk Committee
1 March 2016

Composition
Carol Sergeant has chaired the Risk Committee since she was 
appointed in July 2015. The other members of the Committee were 
David Shalders and Roger Perkin. All members of the Committee 
are independent Non-executive Directors. The Risk Committee 
Chairman has recent and relevant risk experience. The Chairman 
of the Committee is also a member of the Audit Committee.  
The Chairman, the Executive Directors, the Company’s external 
auditors, internal auditors, other senior risk management and 
finance personnel and executives attend Committee meetings 
by invitation. 

•  Agreed the high level risk governance in the Group, including 
the establishment of new regional and business specific 
executive risk committees and their Terms of Reference;

•  Agreed a risk acceptance process;
•  Reviewed and agreed an incident and crisis management 

framework; 

•  Received reports on the independent review of historical 

business and latest general and specific regulatory 
developments; and

•  Instituted a programme of reviews of the risks and risk 

management in key individual business units and support 
functions to complement the regular top down oversight of 
company-wide risks on a risk category basis. These reviews 
enable the Committee to review and challenge the practical 
implementation and effectiveness of the risk principles, 
processes and thresholds agreed by the Risk Committee and 
the Board. The first business review has been held with the 
CEO of EMEA and included an assessment of the comprehensive 
new risk culture and conduct training programme.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  35

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationThere are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on 
the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the provisions 
of the Company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’) and 
prevailing legislation. The Directors are not aware of any 
agreements between holders of the Company’s shares that may 
result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights, 
nor are there any arrangements by which, with the Company’s 
co-operation, financial rights carried by securities are held by a 
person other than the holder of those securities.

With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the 
Company is governed by its Articles, the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the Companies Act 2006 and related legislation. The Articles 
may be amended by special resolution of the shareholders and 
were last amended at the Company’s Annual General Meeting in 
May 2012. As a consequence of this amendment to the Articles, 
at each AGM all of the Directors who held office on the date seven 
days before the Notice of that AGM must retire from office and 
each Director wishing to serve again must submit themselves for 
election or re-election by shareholders.

The powers of the Directors include the authorities to allot shares 
and to buy the Company’s shares in the market as granted by 
shareholders at the AGM. At the last AGM resolutions were passed 
to authorise the Directors to allot up to a nominal amount of 
£40,586,037.75 ordinary shares (subject to certain restrictions) and 
to purchase up to 24,351,622 ordinary shares. Similar authorities 
will be proposed at this year’s AGM and any authority will be in 
addition to the authority proposed by Resolution 2 at the General 
Meeting to be held on 24 March 2016. Details of the shares issued 
during the year and up to the date of this Annual Report are set out 
in Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. At the date of 
this Annual Report, no shares had been purchased in the market 
under the authority granted at the 2015 AGM. The allotment and 
buy-back authorities will expire at the conclusion of the next AGM 
or, if earlier, on 1 July 2016, unless renewed before that time.

Further powers of the Directors are described in the Schedule 
of Matters Reserved for the Board, which is available on the 
Company’s website, and summarised in the Corporate 
Governance Report.

The Company’s banking facilities give the lenders the right not 
to renew loans and to cancel commitments in the event of a 
change of control. There are no other significant agreements 
that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control 
of the Company, nor any agreements with the Company and 
its employees or Directors for compensation for loss of office 
or employment that occurs because of a takeover bid.

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report, together with the audited 
financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries for the 
year ended 31 December 2015.

Results and dividends
The results for the year are set out in the Consolidated Income 
Statement on page 58.

The Directors recommend a final dividend for the year of 11.25p 
(2014: 11.25p) per ordinary share. The final dividend, if approved, 
will be paid on 19 May 2016 to ordinary shareholders whose names 
are on the register at the close of business on 29 April 2016.

During 2015, Tullett Prebon plc paid a final dividend for 2014 of 
11.25p (2014: 11.25p) per ordinary share and an interim dividend 
for 2015 of 5.6p (2014: 5.6p) per ordinary share.

Directors
The Directors who served throughout the year, except as noted, 
were as follows:

Rupert Robson (Non-executive Chairman)

John Phizackerley (Chief Executive)

Paul Mainwaring (Finance Director)

Angela Knight (Senior Independent Non-executive Director)

Roger Perkin (independent Non-executive Director) 

Stephen Pull (independent Non-executive Director)

David Shalders (independent Non-executive Director)

Carol Sergeant (independent Non-executive Director) – appointed 
on 2 July 2015

Biographical details of the Directors are set out on page 30.

The Company has made qualifying third party indemnity provisions 
for the benefit of its Directors which remain in place at the date of 
this report. The principal employer of the Tullett Prebon Pension 
Scheme has given indemnities to trustees of that scheme, including 
the Executive Directors and Chairman. The Company maintains 
liability insurance for its Directors and officers.

Share capital and control
Details of the issued share capital, together with details of the 
movements in the Company’s issued share capital during the year, 
are shown in Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
which is incorporated into this Directors’ Report by reference. 

The Company has one class of ordinary shares, which carry no right 
to fixed income. Each share carries the right to one vote at general 
meetings of the Company.

No person has any special rights of control over the Company’s 
share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

The voting rights of the ordinary shares held by the Tullett 
Prebon plc Employee Benefit Trust 2007 are exercisable by the 
trustees in accordance with their fiduciary duties. The right to 
receive dividends on these shares has been waived. Details of 
employee share schemes are set out in Note 28 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements which is incorporated into this Directors’ 
Report by reference.

36  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Substantial interests
As at the year-end, and at 29 February 2016, being the latest 
practicable date before signing of this document, the following 
(not being Directors, their families or persons connected, within 
section 252 of the Companies Act 2006) had notified the Company 
in accordance with DTR 5 that they were interested in the following 
voting rights of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company:

Schroders plc

Jupiter Asset Management

Majedie Asset Management

Oppenheimer Funds, Inc

Invesco Limited

Allianz Global Investors Europe GmbH

Aberdeen Asset Managers

Henderson Global Investors

Terry Smith

31 December
 2015 %

 29 February 
 2016 %

12.03

11.90

7.66

5.74

5.01

5.00

4.90

4.42

4.30

3.85

7.66

5.74

5.01

5.00

4.90

4.42

4.30

3.85

Corporate Governance Report
A separate Corporate Governance Report is included within this 
Annual Report on pages 27 to 35 and which is, where relevant, 
incorporated into this Directors’ Report by reference. The Corporate 
Governance Report on pages 27 to 35 includes the information 
that fulfils the requirements of section 7 of The Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules with the exception of the information referred 
to in DTR 7.2.6 which is included in this Directors’ Report.

Corporate Social Responsibility
Information concerning the Company’s policies on employee 
engagement and the employment of disabled staff is included in 
the Corporate Social Responsibility section of the Strategic Report 
on pages 25 and 26, which is, where relevant, incorporated into this 
Directors’ Report by reference.

Greenhouse gas emissions
The estimated Group greenhouse gas emissions for 2014 and 2015 
are set out below:

Combustion of fuel, vehicles, 
fugitive emissions (scope 1)

Purchased electricity (scope 2)

Total

Total emissions per employee

Tonnes of CO2e

2015

2014

584

8,156

8,740

3.4

794

10,810

11,604

4.3

The emission statistics were calculated by Sustain Limited and 
cover all material sources of emissions for which the Group is 
directly responsible. The methodology used was that of the 
‘Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard’ (revised edition, 2004). Responsibility for emissions 
sources was determined using the operational control approach. 
The estimate covers all Tullett Prebon operations that are 
consolidated in the financial statements. Data was collected for 
the Group’s largest offices which employ approximately 74% of 
the Group’s staff, and extrapolated to cover all the Group’s offices, 
as well as for the Group’s disaster recovery sites and any 
corporate vehicles. Collected data was converted to greenhouse 

gas estimates using the UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors 
for Company Reporting 2015.

Political and charitable donations
It is the Company’s policy not to make cash contributions to 
any political party. However, within the normal activities of the 
Group there may be occasions when an activity might fall within 
the broader definition of ‘political expenditure’ contained within 
the Companies Act 2006. During 2015 no political or charitable 
donations were made by the Group (2014: £nil).

Going concern
The Group’s business activities and performance, and the financial 
position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position, borrowing 
facilities and hedging strategy, together with the factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position, are 
explained in the Strategic Report on pages 6 to 19. Analysis of the 
Group’s key risks and approach to risk management is also set out 
in the Strategic Report. Details of the Group’s interest bearing loans 
and borrowings, long term provisions, other long term payables 
and financial instruments are set out in Notes 22 to 25 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 84 to 90.

The Group has considerable financial resources both in the regions 
and at the corporate centre comfortably to meet the Group’s 
ongoing obligations.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. Accordingly, the Annual Report and financial statements 
continue to be prepared on the going concern basis.

Viability Statement
The Directors have assessed the prospects for and viability of the 
Group over a three year period to the end of December 2018. The 
Directors consider that a three year time horizon has a sufficient 
degree of certainty and in the context of the current position of 
the Group provides an appropriate longer term outlook. The key 
assumptions that have been made in conducting the review and 
arriving at the conclusion include the completion of the acquisition 
of IGBB, the delivery of the synergies expected from the integration 
of the two businesses, the refinancing of the bank bridge facility 
that the Company has entered into to facilitate the acquisition, 
and the refinancing of the revolving credit facility.

The assessment has been made taking into account:

•  the current position of the Group and its base case and stressed 
case cash flow forecasts, both with the acquisition of IGBB and 
without it;

•  the Group’s liquidity stress testing and reverse stress testing 

which are undertaken as part of the Group’s Review of Capital 
Adequacy and its UK regulatory obligations;

•   the ICAAPs undertaken by the Group’s FCA regulated entities;
•   the expected position of the Group following the completion 
of the acquisition of IGBB and the integration of the two 
businesses;

•   the assessment of the Group’s principal risks, including those 

that would threaten the Group’s business model, future 
performance, solvency and liquidity. These risks are discussed 
in the strategic report on pages 21 to 24; and 

•   the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal 

control systems.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  37

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationDirectors’ Report continued

The Directors consider that they have undertaken a robust 
assessment of the prospects of the Group and its principal risks 
over the three year period, and the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over at least the period 
of assessment.

Accountability and audit 
The Directors’ statement regarding their responsibility for 
preparing the Annual Report is set out on page 53 and the 
independent auditor’s report regarding their reporting 
responsibility is on pages 54 to 57.

Auditor
Deloitte LLP have expressed their willingness to continue in office 
as auditor and a resolution to re-appoint them will be proposed 
at the forthcoming AGM.

Disclosure of information to the auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval 
of this Annual Report confirms that:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

•  the Director has taken all the steps that he ought to have 
taken as a Director in order to make himself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Annual General Meeting 
The AGM of the Company will be held at 2.00pm on 12 May 2016. 
Details of the resolutions to be proposed at the AGM are set out in 
a separate Notice of Meeting which will be sent to all shareholders 
entitled to receive such Notice. Only members on the register of 
members of the Company as at 6.00pm on Tuesday 10 May 2016 
(or two days before any adjourned meeting) will be entitled to 
attend and vote at the AGM. Any proxy must be lodged with the 
Company’s registrars or submitted to CREST at least 48 hours 
before the AGM or any adjourned meeting.

Resolutions dealing with the authority to allot shares, 
disapplication of pre-emption rights, authority to buy back 
shares and to convene general meetings other than annual 
general meetings on no less than fourteen days’ notice will be 
put to the AGM as special business. The resolutions are set out 
in a Notice of Annual General Meeting together with explanatory 
notes which are set out in a separate circular to shareholders 
which accompanies this Annual Report.

By order of the Board

Tiffany Brill
Company Secretary
1 March 2016

38  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Report on Directors’ Remuneration

Remuneration Committee 
Chairman’s Statement

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report (‘DRR’) for the year to 31 December 2015. 
The report comprises:

•  Annual Report on Remuneration, which details how our policy 

was applied in 2015; and

•  The Directors’ Remuneration Policy, which was approved at the 
2014 AGM, and is included for information only as no changes 
are proposed at the 2016 AGM.

Shareholder consultation and application of our 
Remuneration Policy
As highlighted in the 2014 DRR the Remuneration Committee (the 
‘Committee’) introduced more detailed and structured individual 
Performance Targets (‘Targets’) for our Executive Directors to 
provide a clear framework for the assessment of annual bonus. 
The Committee has assessed the performance of the Executive 
Directors against these Targets to determine the appropriate level 
of bonus within the range. The Targets and the Committee’s 
assessment of performance are disclosed in this report.

It is also important to note that the policy approved in 2014 
includes some significant constraints on incentive pay. The 
Bonus Pool Operating Profit is subject to a cap of 150% of the 
prior year Bonus Pool Operating Profit. In 2015 we have achieved a 
substantial increase in our operating profit after exceptional items, 
despite a challenging business environment. For the Executive 
Directors the Bonus Pool Operating Profit without the application 
of this cap would have been £145.7m. With the application of this 
cap, the actual Bonus Pool Operating Profit used for calculating 
bonuses was £80.7m, reducing the bonus opportunity by 45%. 

Following the significant number of votes against the DRR at last 
year’s AGM, I wrote to our largest shareholders and their agents 
explaining that the Committee expected for 2015 to award 
bonuses only in relation to agreed performance criteria and not to 
exercise its discretion with respect to exceptional circumstances. 
For 2015 the Committee undertook a comprehensive performance 
assessment in awarding bonuses in accordance with our policy 
and commitments.

Performance and reward outcomes for 2015 
Our Chief Executive is entitled to receive a bonus of 1.825 – 2.175% 
of Bonus Pool Operating Profit and our Finance Director is entitled 
to a bonus of 0.675 – 0.825% of Bonus Pool Operating Profit. The 
individual performance objectives are reported on in detail on 
pages 42 and 43. The Remuneration Committee awarded our Chief 
Executive 28 basis points out of a potential 35 basis points for 
performance against these objectives, resulting in a total bonus of 
£1,698,735. Our Finance Director was awarded 11 basis points out 
of a potential 15 basis points against his objectives, resulting in a 
total bonus of £633,495. Executive Directors are required to invest 
50% of the post-tax bonus into Company shares, deferred for three 
years. This assists in building towards the minimum shareholding 
requirement, which is 300% of base salary for the Chief Executive 
and 150% of base salary for the Finance Director.

Total shareholder return for the 7 years to 31 December 2015 
was 284%.

Long-Term Incentive Scheme (‘LTIS’) vesting
The LTIS award for the 2013-15 performance period vests in June 
2016. The final payment due under the 2013 LTIS is determined 
with reference to three performance measures: relative TSR (50% 
weighting), cash flow (25% weighting) and Return on Equity (25% 
weighting). The TSR and Cash Flow metrics have been tested at 
31 December 2015, and 36% of the TSR-related element has 
vested and 48% of the cash flow related element has vested. 
This assessment will result in a future payment due in June 2016 
of £59,030 to Paul Mainwaring. The ROE-related component will 
be performance tested in June 2016 as it takes account of relative 
performance, prior to the final payment being made.

Base salary restraint
In accordance with our Remuneration Policy approved by 
shareholders in 2014 our Executive Directors received no base 
salary increase in 2015.

Increasing alignment of remuneration 
with shareholders
In 2015 we introduced an element of share-based remuneration 
for 52 of our senior staff. It is hoped that in time we will be 
able to extend this more widely across the Company. The Board 
firmly believes this better aligns the interests of senior staff 
and shareholders.

Looking ahead
In 2016 we expect to start work on developing a new 
Remuneration Policy with the intention of aligning performance 
objectives with key milestones in the integration of IGBB. Although 
the acquisition is expected to complete during this year, the timing 
is uncertain and it is therefore unclear whether we will apply our 
current Remuneration Policy to part or all of 2016 or seek 
shareholder approval during 2016 for a new policy for the enlarged 
Group. In any event we will seek shareholder approval for a new 
Remuneration Policy at our AGM in 2017 at the latest. We intend 
to seek advice from shareholders when the timing of completion 
becomes clearer.

We also await with interest the conclusions of the Investment 
Association Executive Remuneration Working Group on the 
simplification of executive remuneration.

The Committee is also closely monitoring developments in 
remuneration regulation from European and UK authorities. Should 
there be need to amend policy or practice in light of these regulatory 
developments, the Committee will undertake consultation with 
major shareholders in advance of any significant proposed changes. 

Key decisions of the Committee for 2015
•  Agreed and assessed specific performance objectives for each 

Executive Director;

•  Consultation with shareholders following the 36% vote against 

our Remuneration Report at our 2015 AGM;

•  Introduction of a share based compensation plan for senior staff;
•  Decision to review Remuneration Policy in 2016 following the 

acquisition of IGBB; and

•  Appointment of New Bridge Street as advisors to the 

Remuneration Committee.

Stephen Pull
Chairman  
Remuneration Committee 
1 March 2016

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  39

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationReport on Directors’ Remuneration continued

The Report on Directors’ Remuneration has been prepared in 
accordance with the Large and Medium-sized Companies and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, 
the UKLA Listing Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code. 
The Companies Act 2006 requires the auditor to report to the 
Company’s members on certain parts of the Report on Directors’ 
Remuneration and to state whether in their opinion those parts 
of the report have been properly prepared in accordance with 
the regulations. 

The Remuneration Committee Chairman’s statement, the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy and certain parts of the Annual 
Report on Remuneration (indicated in that report) are unaudited. 

Definitions used in this report
‘Executive Director’ means any executive member of the Board;

‘Senior Management’ means those members of the Company’s 
Executive Committee (other than the Executive Directors) and 
the first level of management below that level;

‘Broker’ means front office revenue generators;

‘Control Functions’ means those employees engaged in functions 
such as Compliance, Legal, HR, Finance, Operations and Risk 
Control;

‘Remuneration Code’ means the Remuneration Code of the 
FCA; and

‘2013 Regulations’ means the Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013.

Annual Report on Remuneration 
The Annual Statement made by the Chairman on page 39 and this 
Annual Report on Remuneration are subject to a shareholders’ 
advisory vote at the forthcoming AGM. Information in this report 
is audited except where stated.

Members of the Remuneration Committee during the year were: 
Stephen Pull (Chairman), David Shalders, Roger Perkin and Angela 
Knight. With effect from 2 July 2015, Roger Perkins stepped down 
from his position on the Remuneration Committee and was not 
replaced on this Committee.

Governance

The Role of the Remuneration Committee 
The Committee is chaired by Stephen Pull. The other members of 
the Committee during 2015 were Angela Knight, Roger Perkin and 
David Shalders. Roger Perkin stood down from the Remuneration 
Committee in July 2015. All members of the Committee are 
independent Non-executive Directors.

The Committee is responsible on behalf of the Board for developing 
and maintaining formal and transparent policies on remuneration 
for the Company’s employees, the framework in which that policy 
is applied, and its cost. In addition, the Committee regularly 
reviews remuneration policies to ensure that they continue to 
be compliant with the relevant corporate governance and 
regulatory requirements, including the Remuneration Code.

The Committee is responsible, on behalf of the Board, for:

•  reviewing and approving the general principles of the Company’s 

remuneration policies;

•  considering the relationship between incentives and risk;
•  determining the application of the Company’s remuneration 

policies to the Executive Directors;

•  reviewing the application of the Company’s remuneration 

policies to Senior Management, Brokers and Control Functions;

•  determining the remuneration of Executive Directors and 

the Chairman;

•  approving the remuneration of Senior Management after 

consultation with the Chief Executive;

•  approving all share and long term incentive schemes and their 

application; and

•  reviewing and approving the Report on Directors’ Remuneration.

The Terms of Reference of the Committee are available on the 
Company’s website, www.tullettprebon.com.

The Chairman and the Executive Directors attend the Committee 
by invitation. The Chairman and the Executive Directors are not 
permitted to be in attendance when any matter relating to their 
own remuneration is being discussed.

During 2015 the Committee also undertook the regular task of 
approving the remuneration of senior management and addressed 
the Company’s obligations under the Remuneration Code which 
apply to the Company and its FCA regulated subsidiaries (which 
remain in the lowest category for the purposes of the Remuneration 
Code – classified as Proportionality Tier Three) including reviewing 
the remuneration of all Remuneration Code staff. 

As required by the Remuneration Code, an annual central and 
independent review of compliance with policies and procedures 
for remuneration adopted by the Company was undertaken. This 
work, conducted by the Company’s internal auditor, provided the 
Committee with an independent assessment of compliance with 
the Remuneration Code and supported the Committee’s conclusion 
that the Company continues to comply with the Remuneration 
Code. The Remuneration Policy Statement, including the list of 
Remuneration Code staff, has been reviewed, and the disclosures 
required to be made under the Remuneration Code have been 
approved. These disclosures are available on the Company’s 
website, www.tullettprebon.com.

40  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

The single total remuneration for each of the Directors who held office during the year ended 31 December 2015 was as follows:

Salaries and fees

Benefits

Bonus(1)

LTIS

Pension

Total

2015
£000

2014 
£000

2015
 £000

2014
 £000

2015
 £000

2014
 £000

2015
 £000

2014
 £000

2015
 £000

2014 
£000

2015
 £000

2014
 £000

Executive 
Directors

John Phizackerley

Paul Mainwaring

550

350

183

350

Non-executive 
Directors

Rupert Robson(3)

196

175

Angela Knight

Roger Perkin

Stephen Pull(4)

David Shalders

Carol Sergeant(5)

Terry Smith(6)

Notes: 

64

67

67

59

68

–

59

62

62

45

–

494

1,421

1,430

1

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

2

1,699

633

537(2)

495

–

59(7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,332

1,032

59

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,250

1,043

720

846

196

175

64

67

67

59

68

–

59

62

62

45

–

495

3,814

2,464

(1)  50% of the bonus is subject to investment in the Company’s ordinary shares as detailed in the policy table.
(2)  Appointed 1 September 2014, 2014 bonus award equivalent to £1,611,000 on an annualised basis.
(3)  In addition he received £4,000 as a pension trustee.
(4)  In addition he received £4,000 as a pension trustee.
(5)  Appointed 2 July 2015. Includes fees under consultancy arrangement for advisory services in the amount of £35,000 during 2015.
(6)  Former Chief Executive retired 31 August 2014. 
(7)  Value of 2013 LTIS vested. The value vested following achievement of performance conditions measured to 31 December 2015.  

See page 43 for further information.

Fixed remuneration
The fixed remuneration of the Chief Executive, John Phizackerley 
and the Finance Director, Paul Mainwaring remained unchanged 
throughout 2015 at £550,000 and £350,000 respectively. 

Annual bonus
The Remuneration Committee determined that the Bonus Pool 
Operating Profit for 2015 should amount to £80.7m. 

The Remuneration Policy requires that for any bonus to be 
awarded to the Executive Directors, operating profit must 
exceed a threshold calculated as the weighted average cost of capital 
times the average capital employed. The Committee determined 
that the Bonus Pool Operating Profit had exceeded this threshold. 

For 2014 the Bonus Pool Operating Profit of £53.8m was 
determined after deducting from operating profit exceptional 
items including a charge of £46.7m relating to the cost 
improvement programme. In 2015 we achieved a significant 
recovery in our operating profit after exceptional items, despite 
a challenging business environment. The Bonus Pool Operating 
Profit used to determine the aggregate bonus pool in 2015 was 
subject to a cap of 150% of the prior year Bonus Pool Operating 
Profit of £53.8m.

Without the application of this cap the Bonus Pool Operating Profit 
would have been £145.7m. This is based on reported operating 
profit of £121.9m adding back the amortisation of PVM deferred 
consideration and intangible assets arising on acquisition and the 
costs relating to the proposed acquisition of IGBB.

With the application of the cap, the actual Bonus Pool Operating 
Profit used for calculating bonuses was £80.7m, reducing the 
bonus opportunity by 45%.

The allocation to each of the Executive Directors took into 
consideration their personal contribution, relative responsibilities 
and their performance against specific objectives agreed with 
each Executive Director during the first quarter of 2015. Within the 
overall limits set by the Remuneration Policy our Chief Executive is 
eligible for a bonus of between 1.825% and 2.175% of Bonus Pool 
Operating Profit. Our Finance Director is eligible for a bonus of 
between 0.675% and 0.825% of Bonus Pool Operating Profit. 

In determining annual bonus awards, the Committee also 
confirmed, in consultation with the Board Risk Committee, 
that the Company and individual executives had operated within 
agreed risk controls and regulatory compliance requirements.

50% of the 2015 bonus net of tax has to be invested in the 
Company’s ordinary shares to be held for three years and will be 
subject during this time to clawback as described in the Directors` 
Remuneration Policy. The reinvestment requirement does not have 
any service or other non-performance conditions attached to it.

For 2015 the Remuneration Committee awarded John Phizackerley 
a bonus of £1,698,735 which comprised a ‘base’ bonus of 
£1,472,775 (equivalent to 1.825% of Bonus Pool Operating Profit) 
and a bonus of £225,960 determined by his performance against 
his agreed personal objectives.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  41

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationReport on Directors’ Remuneration continued

The Targets set for the Chief Executive, the allocation of the bonus pool for each objective, and the assessment by the Remuneration 
Committee of the performance against each objective is shown below. 

Chief Executive Performance Targets

 Strategic actions/investing in new initiatives  
for growth

Management team – key hires and complete 
formation of the Executive Committee 

 Finance and operating reforms – greater  
responsibility and accountability by business  
heads for budgets

 Staff – including training and reforms to Broker 
compensation

 Regulatory matters – complete governance 
framework

 Information technology – setting strategy and 
objectives

 Structured approach to clients – including launching 
new Client Relationship Management function

 At the discretion of the Remuneration Committee

Potential 
Award  
(Basis Points)

Overall  
Score  
(Basis Points)

Assessment of Performance by the 
Remuneration Committee

6

6

3

3

3

3

3

8

6

5

2

2

2

2

3

6

Comprehensive approach to strategic thinking, 
McKinsey project leading to 10 arrows, Murphy 
Durieu and MOAB acquisitions completed.

New senior team largely complete and working well 
together. Good interaction with the Board.

Some progress in reviewing and monitoring internal 
approval and authorisations for various internal 
processes. New T&E policy with lower thresholds.

Significant progress in achieving a cultural shift in 
support of core values. Initial staff survey. Much 
improved internal communication.

Appointed new General Counsel in March and Chief 
Risk Officer in April, significant progress in driving 
overall Group Risk Committee and defining 
framework. Improved relationships and dialogue 
with FCA. 

Successfully changed IT leadership. Objectives set 
and strategy to transform IT agreed.

Established new Client Relationship Management 
framework with leadership in place.

Leadership regarding the acquisition of IGBB, 
arguably the most transformational opportunity 
available to the Group. Underlying EPS broadly flat 
for the year.

Total

35

28

In total, the Remuneration Committee awarded 28 basis points out of 35 basis points for performance by our Chief Executive against 
individual targets. 

The Remuneration Committee therefore determined the Chief Executive’s Bonus for 2015 would be 2.105% of Bonus Pool Operating Profit 
and has awarded a 2015 bonus of £1,698,735. 

42  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

For 2015 the Remuneration Committee awarded Paul Mainwaring a bonus of £633,495 which comprised a ‘base’ bonus of £544,725 
(equivalent to 0.675% of Bonus Pool Operating Profit) and a bonus of £88,770 determined by his performance against his agreed 
personal objectives.

The Targets set for the Finance Director, the allocation of the bonus pool for each objective, and the assessment by the Remuneration 
Committee of the performance against each objective is shown below. 

Potential 
Award  
(Basis Points)

Overall  
Score  
(Basis Points)

Assessment of Performance by the 
Remuneration Committee

Finance Director Performance Targets

 Manage delivery of appropriate 2014 and 2015 
financial outcomes and manage the financing 
of investments

Refinance the RCF 

Refinance the 2016 Notes 

PVM ‘technical’ integration 

Pension scheme investment review and 
implementation 

2

2

2

2

2

At the discretion of the Remuneration Committee 

5

2

2

1

2

2

2

All elements successfully completed. The careful 
monitoring of the financial performance in the third 
quarter and the development of the Q3 forecast gave 
the context for the cost improvement exercise.

The RCF was successfully refinanced and enlarged 
due to the proposed acquisition of IGBB on the 
original plan timescale.

This was only partially completed due to the planned 
acquisition of IGBB.

The ‘bolt on’ strategy has now been replaced by full 
integration of PVM activities.

The pension scheme investment review was 
completed during the first half of the year and the 
review has given rise to further projects which 
are continuing.

Strong technical performance in 2015. Underlying EPS 
broadly flat for the year.

Total

15

11

In total the Remuneration Committee in consultation with the 
Chief Executive awarded 11 basis points out of 15 Basis Points for 
performance by our Finance Director against individual targets. 

The Remuneration Committee therefore determined the Finance 
Director’s Bonus for 2015 would be 0.785% of Bonus Pool Operating 
Profit and has awarded a 2015 bonus of £633,495.

Executive Directors are required to invest 50% of the post-tax 
bonus into Company shares, deferred for three years. This assists 
in building towards the minimum shareholding requirement, 
which is 300% of base salary for the Chief Executive and 150% 
of base salary for the Finance Director.

Long Term Incentive Scheme (‘LTIS’)
Vesting of 2013 LTIS
The proportion of the 2013 LTIS that has vested is shown in the 
remuneration table on page 41. 75% of the LTIS award made in 
2013 were subject to performance conditions measured to 
December 2015 as follows:

Paul Mainwaring

% vested 

34.73%

48.60%

Value of Award due

£34,730

£24,300

£59,030

TSR

Cash flow

Total

The remaining 25% of the unvested 2013 LTIS relating Return on Equity 
will be tested against performance conditions in June 2016 when the 
comparative data for competitor companies becomes available. 

2015 LTIS Awards 
Awards under the LTIS made in 2015, amounted to £654,545 for 
John Phizackerley and £245,455 for Paul Mainwaring. The awards 
have a normal vesting date of 30 June 2018 and are subject to 
malus as described in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and 
the following performance conditions:

•  The vesting of half of the awards is subject to relative TSR 

performance over the three years to 31 December 2017, with 
minimum vesting of 25% of the awards if the percentile ranking 
of the Company’s TSR over the respective period relative to the 
TSR of all other companies comprising, at the start of the relevant 
performance period, the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) 
is 50th and with maximum vesting of 100% if it is 25th or better.
•  The vesting of one quarter of the awards is subject to average 
cash flow before debt repayments and dividends performance 
over the three years to 31 December 2017 (‘Cash flow’), with 
minimum vesting of 25% if Cash flow equals or exceeds 
£40m and maximum vesting of 100% if Cash flow equals or 
exceeds £150m.

•  The vesting of one quarter of the awards is subject to return 
on equity performance compared with the Company’s IDB 
competitors over the three years to 31 December 2017 (or 
equivalent financial year in respect of competitors), with 
minimum vesting of 25% if the Company’s ROE equals the 
average ROE of competitors and maximum vesting of 100% 
if the Company’s ROE is three times the average or better. 
The companies comprising the comparator group are BGC 
Partners Inc, ICAP plc and Compagnie Financière Tradition.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  43

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationReport on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Awards under the Company’s Long Term Incentive Scheme

Basis(1)

John Phizackerley

Paul Mainwaring

Nature of 
Award

Cash

Cash

Face Value

£654,545

£245,455

Threshold 
Vesting

25%

25%

End of 
Performance 
Period

31.12.17

31.12.17

(1)  Our Remuneration Policy is to make Annual Awards equivalent to the higher of aggregate base salary and 25% of the prior year aggregate variable remuneration 

(or base salary for a new Executive Director) or of Executive Directors in office at the date of the award. 

Awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
There are no outstanding unvested awards under the LTIP. 

Shareholding requirements
Half of the 2014 bonus awarded to each of the Executive Directors 
was subject to a condition that the net of tax amount to be paid at 
the end of March 2015 would be invested in the Company’s shares, 
to be held for a minimum of three years.

This investment requirement can be met, in part or in full, by 
ordinary shares already held, excluding any shares already being 
counted towards investment requirements in relation to previous 
bonus payments.

Paul Mainwaring currently complies with the Company’s overarching 
minimum shareholding requirements and complies with investment 
requirements in respect of previously paid bonuses. 

John Phizackerley was restricted from dealing in Company 
shares following the bonus payment date of 31 March 2015 as 
he had access to market sensitive data. However, following the 
announcement on 11 November 2015, the trading restrictions on 
John Phizackerley were lifted. John Phizackerley then purchased the 
required value of shares as soon as practicable thereafter to meet 
the shareholding requirements in place with respect to his 2014 
bonus and the overarching minimum shareholding requirement 
applicable for Executive Directors.

Non-executive Directors’ fees
The fees paid to the Non-executive Directors are determined by 
the Board and the fees paid to the Chairman are determined by 
the Remuneration Committee. As announced in the 2014 Annual 
Report, the fees for the Chairman increased from £175,000 to 
£200,000 per annum with effect from 1 March 2015. The Non-
executive Directors’ fees were increased from £54,000 to £60,000 
per annum with effect from 1 March 2015. In addition, a fee of 
£5,000 per annum is paid to the Senior Independent Non-executive 
Director and both the Chairman of the Audit Committee and the 
Chairman of Remuneration Committees also each received an 
annual fee of £7,500 in respect of the added responsibility of 
chairing a committee. With effect from 1 March 2016 the fees 

for chairing a committee increased to £10,000 per annum in 
addition to the standard fees payable to Non-executive Directors. 
Non-executive Directors acting as trustees of the Company’s 
occupational pension scheme are entitled to an attendance fee  
of £1,000 per meeting. There have been no further changes  
to Director’s fees as reflected in the 2014 Annual Report. 

Consultancy arrangements
In addition to her appointment as a Non-executive Director of 
the Board on 2 July 2015, Carol Sergeant was also engaged via the 
service company Threadneedle Solutions Ltd (the ‘Consultant 
Company’) to provide specialist advice regarding the operation 
of the new Risk Committee for a period of six months. Under the 
agreement, the Consultant Company received a fee exclusive 
of value added tax of £35,000 which was paid in equal monthly 
instalments of £5,833.33 each (being £7,000 per month inclusive of 
value added tax). The agreement terminated on 31 December 2015. 

Directors’ interests 
The interests (all beneficial) as at 31 December 2015 during the 
year in the ordinary share capital of the Company, were as follows:

Director

Rupert Robson

John Phizackerley 

Paul Mainwaring

Angela Knight

Roger Perkin

Stephen Pull

David Shalders

Carol Sergeant (1)

Notes:
(1)  Appointed 2 July 2015

Shares

7,000

42,500

279,741

–

–

7,000

–

–

44  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

The following information is not subject to audit.

Voting at the 2015 AGM
At the AGM held on 6 May 2015 the following votes were cast in respect of the Report on Directors’ Remuneration:

Vote on Approval of the Report of Director’s Remuneration as below:

For

Number

110,546,490

%

63.94

Against

Number

62,346,192

% 

36.06

Votes withheld

Number

23,495,949

Notes:
(1)  Votes ‘For’ and ‘Against’ are expressed as a percentage of votes cast. A ‘Vote withheld’ is not a vote in law.
(2)  Votes ‘For’ includes those giving the Chairman discretion.

Shareholder voting at the 2015 AGM 
At our AGM in 2015 36.06% of votes were cast against our 
Remuneration Report. Prior to our AGM the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee wrote to shareholders and their 
agents about the rationale for the Committee’s decision to 
pay an additional bonus to our incoming Chief Executive, 
a matter that had been of concern to some shareholders. 

Following the significant number of votes against the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report at last year’s AGM, the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee wrote to our largest shareholders and 
their agents explaining that the Committee expected for 2015 to 
award bonuses for 2015 in relation to agreed performance criteria 
and not to exercise its discretion with respect to exceptional 
circumstances. Subsequently a number of follow up meetings 
and conversations were held to establish that this concern had 
been addressed.

For 2015, the Remuneration Committee undertook a 
comprehensive performance assessment in the awarding of 
bonuses for our Executive Directors in accordance with our 
policy and commitments. There have been no additional 
‘special considerations’.

2016 AGM
Copies of the Executive Directors’ service agreements, the 
Non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available 
for inspection at the registered office of the Company during 
normal business hours and will be available for shareholders 
to view at the 2016 AGM.

Advice provided to the Remuneration Committee
In the early part of 2015, PwC was retained by the Committee 
as its principal and only material external adviser to the 
Remuneration Committee. During the summer of 2015, the 
Committee undertook an exercise to review its advisory 
relationships. From 1 September 2015 New Bridge Street (an Aon 
Hewitt company) was appointed as the principal and only material 
external advisor to the Remuneration Committee effective  
1 September 2015. 

In September, New Bridge Street provided training to the 
Remuneration Committee on the duties of the Remuneration 
Committee, current trends in remuneration policies and possible 
regulatory developments. In addition, New Bridge Street advised 
on some aspects of our Remuneration Policy and practice.

Fees payable to PwC during the year amounted to £24,000 and 
to New Bridge Street £23,538. The Committee are satisfied that 
these fees are appropriate for the work undertaken. 

Herbert Smith Freehills LLP and Allen & Overy LLP provided advice 
on law and regulation in relation to employee incentive matters. 
Both firms also provide general legal advice to the Company.

Outside directorships 
Neither John Phizackerley nor Paul Mainwaring has any outside 
directorships from which they received any remuneration in 2015. 

Performance graph
A graph depicting the Company’s total shareholder return in 
comparison to other companies in the FTSE 250 index (excluding 
investment trusts) in the seven years to 31 December 2015 is 
shown below:

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

Dec
2008

Dec
2009

Dec
2010

Dec
2011

Dec
2012

Dec
2013

Dec
2014

Dec
2015

Tullett Prebon plc

FTSE 250 (excluding Investment Trusts)

The Board believes that the above index is most relevant as it 
comprises listed companies of similar size.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  45

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationReport on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Chief Executive remuneration history

Year ended

Name

31 December 2015

John Phizackerley

31 December 2014

John Phizackerley(2) 

Terry Smith(3)

31 December 2013

Terry Smith 

31 December 2012

31 December 2011

31 December 2010

31 December 2009

Terry Smith

Terry Smith

Terry Smith

Terry Smith

Notes:
(1)  % represents the overall % score achieved on individual performance targets 
(2)  For the 4 month period from 1 September 2014
(3)  For the 8 month period from 1 January 2014 – 31 August 2014
(4)  Variable remuneration was uncapped in the years 2009 – 2012

Change in Chief Executive remuneration 

Chief Executive(1)

Senior Management 

Total 
Remuneration 
£’000

Annual Bonus 
% of max payout

LTIP
% of max vesting

2,250

720

433

2,856

3,153

4,929

4,344

4,652

80%(1)

NA

NA

51%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

–

–

–

45%

–

–

% change 
Salary

0%

5%(3)

% change
Benefits

0%

0%

% change in 
annualised 
bonus 
payment

5%(2)

7%(3)

This table shows the change of the CEO’s fixed and variable remuneration compared to senior management.

Notes:
(1)   John Phizackerley has not received a Base Salary increase. 
(2)   Represents the change in annualised bonus payment. 2014 bonus was £536,667 for a period 4 months annualised to £1,610,001. 
(3)   Represents a like for like figure looking at senior managers employed throughout 2014 and 2015. 

A large proportion of the Group’s remuneration is payable to Brokers, who earn a significant proportion of their income as bonus based 
on a formula linked to revenue. The Remuneration Committee considered that comparison of the Chief Executive’s remuneration with 
that of Senior Management would accordingly be more meaningful than comparison with all employees.

Relative importance of spend on remuneration 
The table below shows the expenditure and percentage change in overall spend on employee remuneration and dividend payments:

£m

Employee remuneration(1)

Shareholder dividends paid(2)

2015

532.4

41.0

2014

490.4

36.7

% change

9

12

Notes:
(1)  Employee remuneration includes employer’s social security costs and pension contributions
(2)  Shareholder dividends comprises the dividends paid

46  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

 
Implementation of Remuneration Policy in 2016
In 2016 we expect to start work on developing a new 
Remuneration Policy with the intention of aligning performance 
objectives with key milestones in the integration of IGBB. Although 
the acquisition is expected to complete this year the timing is 
uncertain and it is therefore unclear whether we will apply our 
current Remuneration Policy for all or part of 2016 or seek 
shareholder approval during 2016 for a new policy for the enlarged 
Group. We intend to seek advice from shareholders when the 
timing of completion becomes clearer. In 2016, our Executive 
Directors will again be set individual bonus targets either within 
our current approved range of operating profits or as part of a new 
Remuneration Policy. A range of individual performance targets 
covering delivery against strategic objectives, leadership, people 
development and culture will be disclosed retrospectively. 

As part of the agreed terms to acquire IGBB, at completion Ken 
Pigaga will be appointed to the Board as Chief Operating Officer. 
Our Remuneration Policy permits an increase in the maximum 
aggregate Executive Director’s bonus pool to 5% of Reported 
Operating Profit to accommodate additional Executive Directors. 
The share of Bonus Pool Operating Profit available to our current 
Executive Directors remains unchanged.

Base salaries for our Chief Executive and Finance Director will 
remain unchanged in 2016. In addition, the Remuneration 
Committee expects to make a further LTIS award on the terms 
and with the performance conditions as outlined in the Policy.

The policies set out in the policy table in the Remuneration Policy 
section of the Report on Directors’ Remuneration will apply in 
2016 unless approval is sought from shareholders during 2016 
for a new Remuneration Policy for the enlarged Group. 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by a 
shareholder’s binding vote at the 2014 AGM and it is not 
proposed that the current policy is revised at the 2016 AGM. 
The Remuneration Policy approved at the 2014 AGM can also 
be found on the Company’s website www.tullettprebon.com, 
and pages 35-36 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Background
In reviewing and approving the general principles of the Company’s 
Remuneration Policy which applies throughout the Group, the 
Remuneration Committee took account of the Company’s goal to 
become the world’s most trusted source of liquidity in hybrid OTC 
markets and the best operator in global hybrid voice broking. The 
Remuneration Committee was also mindful that the Group’s 
strategy to achieve that objective is to continue to develop its 
business, operating as an intermediary in the world’s major 
wholesale over-the-counter and exchange traded financial 
and commodity markets, with the scale and breadth to deliver 
superior performance and returns, underpinned by strong 
financial management disciplines and without actively taking 
credit and market risk.

The Remuneration Committee took into account general practices 
in the parts of the financial services sector in which the Company 
operates, and in particular those of the Company’s competitors 
which include BGC Partners Inc., ICAP plc and Compagnie Financière 
Tradition. These practices are characterised by high levels of 
variable remuneration. The Remuneration Committee concluded 
that it is in the best interests of the Company and shareholders 
to pay remuneration in line with market practice in the sectors 
in which the Company operates.

The Company’s Remuneration Policy is designed to attract, 
motivate and retain staff with the necessary skills and experience 
to deliver the strategy, in order to achieve the Company’s objective.

Risk
The Remuneration Committee considered the relationship between 
incentives and risk when approving the Remuneration Policy which 
will apply throughout the Group.

Details of the Company’s key risks and risk management are set 
out in the Strategic Report of this Annual Report on pages 19 to 24. 
The majority of transactions are brokered on a Name Passing basis 
where the business is not a counterparty to a trade.

Commissions earned on these activities are received monthly in 
cash. The business does not take any trading risk and does not 
hold principal trading positions. The business only holds financial 
instruments for identified buyers and sellers in matching trades 
which are generally settled within 1-3 days. The business does not 
retain any contingent market or counterparty risks. The business 
does not have valuation issues in measuring its profits.

The Remuneration Committee concluded that the Company’s 
Remuneration Policy reflects the low risk profile of the Company, 
is consistent with and promotes sound and effective risk 
management, and does not encourage risk taking.

The Remuneration Committee considers that the Company’s 
Remuneration Policy is consistent with the measures set out in 
the business’s compliance manuals relating to conflicts of interest.

The Company’s policy is to ensure that variable remuneration is 
not paid through vehicles or methods that facilitate avoidance of 
the Remuneration Code.

Policy table
The policy which has been applied in respect of Executive Director 
and Non-executive Director remuneration is summarised in the 
table below. The policy set out in this table is that which is currently 
in practice and which was subject to a binding vote of shareholders 
at the 2014 AGM. For the purposes of the 2013 Regulations, the 
policy applies from the 2014 AGM.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  47

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationReport on Directors’ Remuneration continued

How remuneration 
supports the Company’s 
short and long term 
strategic objectives

Executive Directors

Fixed remuneration

To provide a level of 
fixed remuneration 
reflecting the scope of 
individual responsibilities 
to attract and retain 
high calibre individuals

Benefits

To provide basic benefits 
but otherwise to avoid 
provision of benefits

Operation

Maximum payable

Performance framework

Recovery/withholding

Paid monthly in arrears. 
Reviewed periodically to 
ensure not significantly 
out of line with 
the market. 

Fixed remuneration 
will not be reviewed 
until 2017.

None

None

None

None

No new benefits 
will be introduced 
during the term of this 
Remuneration Policy, 
unless such benefits 
are made available to 
all UK employees.

Medical cover and 
participation in any 
schemes for all UK 
employees such 
as the Group life 
insurance scheme.

Relocation or the 
temporary provision of 
accommodation may 
be offered where the 
Company requires a 
Director to relocate.

The Remuneration 
Committee may determine 
that Executive Directors 
should receive other 
reasonable benefits if 
appropriate, taking into 
account typical market 
practice.

Pension

To make basic 
pension provision

Annual discretionary 
bonus

Aim is to motivate and 
retain Executive Directors, 
consistent with the risk 
appetite determined by 
the Board and thereby to 
achieve superior returns 
for shareholders. It 
provides a direct link 
between the achievement 
of annual business 
performance targets 
and reward

The shareholding 
requirements align 
Directors’ interests 
with shareholders

Membership of a defined 
contribution pension 
scheme.

6% of fixed remuneration 
up to a cap set at 
£105,600.

None

None

Clawback of the element 
of bonus subject to 
investment requirement 
in the event of material 
misstatement of results 
for the period to 
which the bonus related 
which caused the bonus 
to be paid at too high a 
level or if an Executive 
Director’s conduct is 
found to amount to gross 
misconduct and/or fraud, 
wilful dishonesty or 
accounting malfeasance.

Allocation of pool takes 
account of individual 
contribution and relative 
responsibilities. No payment 
is made if the Remuneration 
Committee is not satisfied 
with personal performance. 
No contractual entitlement 
to a bonus if the Executive 
Director is not in 
employment or is under 
notice on the payment date.

Directors must invest 50% 
of post-tax annual bonuses 
in the Company’s shares 
for three years (‘the 
investment requirement’). 
This investment 
requirement can be met, in 
part or in full, by ordinary 
shares already held, 
excluding any shares 
already being counted 
towards investment 
requirements in relation to 
previous bonus payments.

The maximum aggregate 
Executive Directors’ bonus 
is 3% of Group reported 
operating profit, rising to 
5% in the event that one 
or more new Executive 
Directors are appointed. 
Operating profit may not 
exceed 150% of the 
operating profit used to 
calculate the previous 
year’s bonus. In 
exceptional circumstances 
payments may be made 
outside this range. 
Adjustments may be made 
in relation to significant 
acquisitions.

Pool is 2.5-3% of 
Group reported 
operating profit, provided 
operating profit exceeds 
a threshold calculated as 
the weighted average cost 
of capital times the 
average capital employed. 
In exceptional 
circumstances payments 
may be made outside this 
range. Adjustments may 
be made in relation to 
significant acquisitions.

The pool may be extended 
to a maximum of 5% of 
reported operating profit 
to accommodate one or 
more new Executive 
Directors.

In such circumstances,
the existing Executive 
Directors will not be 
entitled to participate 
in the additional pool.

48  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

How remuneration 
supports the Company’s 
short and long term 
strategic objectives

Minimum shareholding

Aligns Directors’ interests 
with shareholders by 
focusing on longer term 
shareholder returns

LTIS

Aligns Directors’ interests 
with shareholders by 
focusing on longer 
term shareholder returns

Non-executive Directors

Fees

To attract high calibre, 
experienced Non-
executive Directors

Operation

Maximum payable

Performance framework

Recovery/withholding

None

None

None

Maximum is as described 
in the ‘Operation’ column.

The level of vesting of an 
award may be reduced, 
including to nil, in the 
event of a material 
misstatement of results 
that caused the LTIS award 
to be granted at too high 
a level or if an Executive 
Director’s conduct is 
found to amount to gross 
misconduct and/or fraud, 
wilful dishonesty or 
accounting malfeasance.

Performance conditions 
are measured over 
a period of at least 
three years.

Performance conditions 
are 50% based on TSR 
relative to FTSE 250 
companies excluding 
investment trusts, 25% 
based on average cash 
flow before dividends and 
debt repayments and 25% 
based on ROE relative to 
IDB competitors.

For each element of 
the award, vesting starts 
at 25% at threshold 
performance rising on 
a straightline basis to 
100% for maximum 
performance.

Aggregate annual fees 
limited to £700,000 in the 
Articles of Association.

None

None

Directors must hold a 
minimum number of the 
Company’s ordinary 
shares equivalent to 300% 
of base salary in respect of 
the Chief Executive and 
150% of base salary for all 
other Executive Directors. 
Shares acquired to 
meet the investment 
requirement attaching to 
annual bonuses can be 
used to meet this 
requirement.

Annual awards equivalent 
to the higher of aggregate 
base salary and 25% of 
the prior year aggregate 
variable remuneration 
(or base salary for a new 
Executive Director) of 
Executive Directors in 
office at the date of 
the award. Awards are 
satisfied in cash when all 
relevant performance 
conditions have
been measured.

Paid monthly in 
arrears. Periodically 
benchmarked against other 
UK listed companies of 
comparable size and 
activities. Additional 
fees for additional 
responsibilities of the 
Senior Independent 
Non-executive Director, 
for chairing each of the 
Audit and Remuneration 
Committees or other 
services performed such 
as acting as a trustee 
of a Company 
pension scheme.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  49

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationReport on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Notes to the policy table:
Performance measures
The annual discretionary bonus payable to Executive Directors 
is calculated as a percentage of reported operating profit. The 
operation of the Executive Director bonus scheme was changed in 
2013 following the Remuneration Committee’s review of Executive 
Director remuneration and shareholder consultation. Operating 
profit is a key performance indicator, is a clear and simple metric 
and was chosen as it links remuneration directly with business 
performance. The percentage range of profit allocated to the 
bonus scheme was chosen to provide an acceptable level of 
variable remuneration for the Executive Directors while at the 
same time delivering value to shareholders.

The introduction of the new LTIS in 2013 also followed the review 
of Executive Director remuneration referred to above.

Performance measures used for the LTIS were chosen by the 
Remuneration Committee, with advice having been provided by PwC 
and following consultation with significant shareholders. The relative 
TSR measure had been used as a metric for the LTIP for several years 
and despite its many well recognised limitations, shareholders were 
keen for it to be retained as a substantial component of the metrics for 
the LTIS. Half of LTIS awards are therefore subject to the relative TSR 
performance measure. However, the Remuneration Committee was 
also concerned to incorporate new metrics to target and reward good 
operating performance measured by reference to the Company’s cash 
flow generation, and return on equity compared with the Company’s 
IDB competitors. Both metrics are regarded by the Board as key 
performance indicators. One quarter of LTIS awards are accordingly 
subject to these performance conditions respectively. The targets were 
set, having regard to recent performance and at a level which would 
be seen to be achievable but at the same time could be expected to 
be challenging.

Policy on Directors’ remuneration compared with 
employees generally
As a general rule, the same principles are applied to Directors’ 
fixed remuneration, pension contributions and benefits as are 
applied to employees throughout the organisation. A competitive 
level of fixed remuneration is paid to all employees taking into 
account their responsibilities and experience and minimal pension 
provision and benefits are provided, the Board considering that 
employees are best placed to determine priorities for funds set 
aside for remuneration.

There are a number of different bonus schemes in operation 
throughout the Group for Brokers, management and other 
employees. Brokers’ bonus schemes are described below; all 
other bonuses are generally discretionary. In addition, a Deferred 
Bonus Plan has been introduced for Senior Managers impacting 
the 2015 bonus year. Under this Plan, employees identified as 
Senior Managers had 20% of their discretionary 2015 bonus award 
deferred into equity for a three year period. The grants of equity 
will be made by April 2016 and are subject to forfeiture, in whole or 
in part, in the event the employee resigns or employment is 
terminated for gross misconduct as defined in the Employee 
Handbook. Fifty-two employees participated in the 2015 Deferred 

Bonus Plan with participants located in London, New York, New 
Jersey, Frankfurt and Singapore. As part of the introduction of 
the Deferred Bonus Plan, a Special Award was granted to these 
employees. These grants will also be made by April 2016 along 
similar terms as the main grant save for a two year holding period.

During 2013, the Remuneration Committee introduced a cap 
on Executive Directors’ bonuses in response to requests from 
shareholders. However, the Remuneration Committee does not 
believe that the formal capping of bonuses for Senior Management 
and Brokers is consistent with the delivery of enhanced returns to 
shareholders and accordingly no caps have been introduced on 
Senior Management’s or Brokers’ bonuses at this time. We will 
continue to review this matter in light of any future changes to 
the Remuneration Code.

Executive Directors’ variable remuneration is also subject to a 
requirement that at least 50% net of tax of bonus payments must 
be invested in the Company’s shares to be held for a minimum 
period of at least three years.

Clawback arrangements apply to this element of variable 
remuneration for the duration of the investment requirement. 
The Remuneration Committee has concluded that given the 
Company’s low risk profile and the fact that this is not consistent 
with market practice in the Company’s key competitor 
organisations, neither deferral nor clawback arrangements 
are applied to variable remuneration paid to other staff.

The LTIS has been put in place for the benefit of the Executive 
Directors only. 

Remuneration policies for Brokers 
The Company’s remuneration policy for Brokers is based on 
the principle that remuneration is directly linked to financial 
performance, generally at a desk team level, and is calculated 
in accordance with formulae linked to revenue. These formulae 
take into account the fixed costs of the Brokers; variable 
remuneration payments are therefore based on the profits that 
the Brokers generate for the business together with an assessment 
of individual performance and conduct against core Company 
values – Honesty, Integrity, Respect and Excellence. Initial contract 
payments are only paid upfront when a claw-back provision is 
included in the contract of employment. Typically, Brokers receive 
a fixed salary paid regularly throughout the year, with a significant 
proportion of variable remuneration dependent on their revenue, 
conduct and performance, which is paid after the revenue has been 
fully received in cash.

Remuneration policies for Control Functions
The Company’s remuneration policy for Control Functions is that 
remuneration is adequate to attract qualified and experienced 
staff, is in accordance with the achievement of objectives linked 
to their functions, and is independent of the performance of 
the business areas they support. Employees in such functions 
report through an organisation structure that is separate to, and 
independent from, the business units. Heads of Control Functions 
are designated as Remuneration Code staff and accordingly their 
remuneration is reviewed by the Remuneration Committee as 
part of the Senior Manager bonus review undertaken in January 
each year. 

50  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

14%

Maximum

In addition to the contractual rights to a payment on loss of 
office, any employee including the Executive Directors may 
have additional statutory and/or common law rights to certain 
additional payments, for example in a redundancy situation.

Illustrations of the application of the Remuneration Policy
The total remuneration for each of the Executive Directors  
for a minimum, target and maximum performance for 2016  
is represented in the charts below:

3,838

17%

69%

John Phizackerley

4000

0
0
0
£

3000

2000

1000

550

100%

0

Minimum

2,718

12%

68%

20%

Target

Basic salary and benefits

Bonus

LTIS

 Paul Mainwaring 

4000

0
0
0
£

3000

2000

1000

0

1,154
11%

59%

30%

Target

1,595
15%

63%

22%

Maximum

350

100%

Minimum

Basic salary and benefits

Bonus

LTIS

As the variable remuneration calculation is based on a 
percentage of reported operating profit, to avoid including a 
profit forecast the Board has prepared the above illustrations 
using the Bonus Pool Operating Profit for 2015 capped at 150% 
and 125% for the calculation of the 2016 maximum and target 
payouts respectively.

Executive Directors’ service agreements and loss 
of office entitlements 
Effective 18 January 2016, the Chief Executive’s contract may 
be terminated by either party on the expiry of 6 months’ written 
notice by either party (save in circumstances justifying summary 
termination) or by making payment in lieu of notice at the 
Company’s election. The Company will consider the scope for 
requiring the Executive Director to mitigate his loss when taking 
account of all the circumstances surrounding the termination of 
employment. The Executive Director would also be entitled to 
accrued but untaken holiday.

The Finance Director’s contract may be terminated by either party 
on the expiry of 12 months written notice by either party (save 
in circumstances justifying summary termination) or by making 
payment in lieu of notice at the Company’s election. The Company 
will consider the scope for requiring the Executive Director to 
mitigate his loss when taking account of all the circumstances 
surrounding the termination of employment. The Executive 
Director would also be entitled to accrued but untaken holiday.

The contracts do not provide for termination payments in excess 
of salary and contractual benefits. Post-termination restrictive 
covenants also apply to each Executive Director.

When determining payments for loss of office, the Company will 
take account of all relevant circumstances on a case by case basis 
including (but not limited to): the contractual notice provisions 
and outstanding annual leave entitlement; the best interests of 
the Company; whether the Executive Director has presided over 
an orderly handover; the contribution of the Executive Director to 
the success of the Company during their tenure; and the need to 
compromise any claims that the Executive Director may have or to 
pay the Executive Director’s legal costs on a settlement agreement.

The LTIS rules provide for an award to lapse in all circumstances 
where an Executive Director ceases to hold office or employment 
with a Group company other than death, unless the Remuneration 
Committee determines otherwise, in which case any award would 
vest to the extent that the performance conditions had been met 
and the extent that the performance period had elapsed.

Non-executive Directors’ appointment letters
The Non-executive Directors serve under letters of appointment 
which are terminable on the earliest of the Director not being 
re-elected at an AGM, removed as a director or required to vacate 
office under the Articles of Association, on resignation, at the 
request of the Board or subject to 6 months’ notice for the 
Chairman or 3 months’ notice for the other Non-executive 
Directors. The notice periods were adjusted from 12 months 
to 3 and 6 months respectively in October 2015.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  51

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationReport on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Recruitment of Directors
The Remuneration Committee’s approach to setting remuneration 
for new Executive Directors is to ensure that the Company pays 
market rates, with reference to internal pay levels, the external 
market, location of the executive and remuneration received from 
the previous employer.

Salary will be provided in line with market rates, and the 
Remuneration Committee reserves discretion to offer appropriate 
pension and benefit arrangements, which may include the 
continuation of benefits received in a previous role. On-going 
variable pay awards for a newly appointed Executive Director will 
be as described in the Policy table, subject to the same maximum 
opportunities. It is not currently intended that future service 
contracts for Executive Directors would contain terms differing 
materially from those summarised in this report, including with 
respect to notice provisions.

The Remuneration Committee may consider offering 
additional cash or share-based payments to buy-out existing 
awards forfeited by a new Executive Director when it considers 
these to be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. 
Any such buy-out payments would mirror so far as possible the 
remuneration lost when leaving the former employer. The 
Remuneration Committee may avail itself of the current Listing 
Rule exemption to make such buy-out awards where doing so is 
necessary to facilitate, in exceptional circumstances, the 
recruitment of the relevant individual.

Relocation payments may also be set, within limits to be 
determined by the Remuneration Committee, where considered 
appropriate and in the Company’s best interests to do so.

In cases of appointing a new Executive Director by way of internal 
promotion, the Group will honour any contractual commitments 
made prior to their promotion to Executive Director.

The fee payable to a new Non-executive Director will be in line with 
the fee structure for Non-executive Directors in place at the date 
of appointment.

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by

Stephen Pull
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
1 March 2016

52  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement 
The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge:

•  the Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with the 

relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of 
the company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole;

•  the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development 

and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face; and

•  the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a 

whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

On behalf of the Board

John Phizackerley
Chief Executive 
1 March 2016 

Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Financial Statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are required 
to prepare financial statements for the Group in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by 
the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have 
chosen to prepare the parent company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law), 
including FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. Under company 
law the Directors must not approve the accounts unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for 
that period. 

In the case of Group Financial Statements, International 
Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:

•  select and apply accounting policies properly;
•  present information, including accounting policies, in a 
manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information; 

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 

specific requirements in IFRS are insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events 
and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

•  make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue 

as a going concern.

In the case of the Parent Company Financial Statements, 
the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
•  state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the Financial Statements; and

•  prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the Financial Statements comply with the Companies Act 
2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  53

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Tullett Prebon plc

Opinion on Financial Statements 
of Tullett Prebon plc
In our opinion:

•  the Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the state 

of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 
31 December 2015 and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended;

•  the Group Financial Statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the Parent Company Financial Statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice, including FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’; and

•  the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group Financial Statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The Financial Statements comprise the Consolidated Income 
Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
the Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, the 
related notes 1 to 37, the Parent Company Balance Sheet, the 
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity and related notes 
1 to 8. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
the preparation of the Group Financial Statements is applicable law 
and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the Parent Company Financial Statements is 
applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice), including FRS 
101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’.

Going concern and the Directors’ assessment of the 
principal risks that would threaten the solvency or 
liquidity of the Group
As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the Directors’ 
statement regarding the appropriateness of the going concern 
basis of accounting contained within Note 2 to the Financial 
Statements and the Directors’ statement on the longer-term 
viability of the Group contained within Directors’ Report on pages 
37 and 38. We have nothing material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to:

•  the Directors’ confirmation on page 24 that they have carried out 

a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, 
including those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity;

•  the disclosures on pages 19 to 24 that describe those risks and 

explain how they are being managed or mitigated;

•  the Directors’ statement in Note 2 to the Financial Statements 
about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their 
identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s ability 
to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from 
the date of approval of the Financial Statements; and

•  the Director’s explanation on pages 37 and 38 as to how they 

have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they 
have done so and why they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period 
of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We agreed with the Directors’ adoption of the going concern 
basis of accounting and we did not identify any such material 
uncertainties. However, because not all future events or conditions 
can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Independence
We are required to comply with the Financial Reporting Council’s 
Ethical Standards for Auditors and we confirm that we are 
independent of the Group and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with those standards. We also 
confirm we have not provided any of the prohibited non-audit 
services referred to in those standards.

Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
The assessed risks of material misstatement described below 
are those that had the greatest effect on our audit strategy, 
the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts 
of the engagement team.

The assessed risks of material misstatement we identified are:

•  Matched Principal revenue;
•  Name Passing revenue;
•  impairment of goodwill and other intangibles; and
•  valuation of group tax provisions. 

Last year, our report also included the acquisition of PVM Oil 
Associates Limited (‘PVM’) as a significant risk. This risk has not 
been included in the current year as the acquisition of PVM was 
completed in 2014.

The description of risks below should be read in conjunction with 
the significant issues considered by the Audit Committee discussed 
on page 34.

54  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Risks

Matched Principal revenue

How the scope of our audit responded

As detailed in the summary of significant accounting policies on 
page 64, Matched Principal brokerage revenue is the net proceeds 
from a commitment to simultaneously buy and sell financial 
instruments with counterparties, which is recognised on trade 
date. It accounts for approximately 20% of Broking revenue.

We tested the design, implementation and operating 
effectiveness of relevant controls relating to trade recording, 
settlement and the recognition of revenue associated with 
Matched Principal transactions.

Given the high volume of transactions, robust internal controls 
over trade recording and settlement are important to ensure the 
completeness and accuracy of revenues. Most Matched Principal 
transactions settle within a standard market settlement period, 
which is typically two to three business days. The risk of 
misstatement of revenue increases where trades fail to settle 
within the standard market settlement period.  

Name Passing revenue

As detailed in the summary of significant accounting policies on 
page 64, Name Passing revenue is earned for the service of 
matching buyers and sellers of financial instruments. The 
counterparties to a transaction settle directly with each other and 
are invoiced for the service provided by the Group. It accounts for 
approximately 75% of Broking revenue. 

As invoices for services provided are not issued until the end of the 
month, the cash collection period is typically longer than for 
Matched Principal revenue. As a result, the risk of misstatement of 
revenue increases where the invoice becomes past due and where 
post year-end trade adjustments or credit notes arise. 

Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

As detailed in the summary of significant accounting policies on 
pages 63 and 64, and Note 13 on page 78, goodwill and other 
intangible assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually. 
Determining whether the goodwill of £347.5m, other intangible 
assets of £22.1m and other intangible assets arising on 
consolidation of £9.9m are impaired requires an estimation of the 
recoverable amount of the Group’s cash-generating units (‘CGUs’), 
using the higher of the value in use or fair value less costs to sell. 

The value in use takes into account expected future cash flows, 
the selection of suitable discount rates and forecast future growth 
rates and is therefore inherently subjective. The value in use of all 
CGUs is sensitive to changes in underlying assumptions.

The value in use method was used to assess the recoverable 
amount of each CGU. No impairment was recorded in the year 
for any of the CGUs.

We selected a sample of trades which settled within standard 
settlement periods and confirmed each to cash receipts. For all 
open trades at year-end that did not settle within the standard 
settlement period or where settlement had failed, we confirmed 
trades to post year-end confirmations to determine the validity of 
the year-end settlement debtors and creditors and accuracy of the 
associated revenue.

We tested the design, implementation and operating 
effectiveness of relevant controls relating to Name Passing 
invoicing and cash collection.

We confirmed a sample of trades to cash received throughout 
the year. We agreed a further sample of Name Passing 
transactions, which were outstanding at year-end, to cash 
received post year-end. We tested the aged debtor analysis 
through re-performance and, focusing on higher risk aged items, 
we confirmed that revenue recognised on the transaction was 
supportable by obtaining evidence to corroborate the validity 
of the underlying trade and reviewing communications with 
counterparties. We tested a sample of post year-end trade 
adjustments and credit notes to evaluate whether these items 
were accurate and valid.

We challenged the identification of the Group’s CGUs, by checking 
whether the CGUs reflected the lowest aggregation of assets that 
generate largely independent cash flows. 

We performed detailed analysis and challenge of management’s 
assumptions used in the annual impairment review, in particular 
forecast future growth rates, the cash flow projections and 
discount rates used by management in their impairment tests of 
the CGUs. We challenged cash flow forecasts and growth rates by 
evaluating recent performance, trend analysis and comparing 
growth rates to those achieved historically and to external market 
data where available. Our internal valuations specialists 
independently derived discount rates which we compared to the 
rates used by management and we benchmarked discount and 
growth rates to available external peer group data. 

As the impairment test for the EMEA CGU was sensitive to changes 
in the growth rate assumption, we assessed the breakeven point at 
which an impairment would occur and considered whether this was 
a reasonably possible change which required additional disclosure.

We evaluated the process by which cash flow forecasts were 
produced and confirmed whether those used in the annual 
impairment review were consistent with Board approved budgets 
and were subject to timely oversight and challenge by the Directors. 

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  55

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Tullett Prebon plc continued

Risks

Taxation provisions

As detailed in the summary of significant accounting policies on 
pages 67 and 68, the Group has taken account of tax issues that 
are subject to ongoing discussions with the relevant tax 
authorities in determining its current tax liability of £17.3m. An 
assessment of the likely outcome is required in determining the 
carrying value of tax liabilities. 

How the scope of our audit responded

Using our tax specialists, we assessed relevant developments in 
respect of the Group’s outstanding tax issues in each jurisdiction.

We have reviewed correspondence with the relevant tax 
authorities, challenged the judgements made by management and 
independently considered the likely outcomes and technical tax 
treatments to assess the appropriateness of the provisions made. 
We have used both our own tax specialists’ knowledge of recent 
tax cases, and where available, external supporting data, to 
consider potential tax exposures for the Group where there is no 
current provision and to assess management’s assumptions in 
determining provisions.

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the Financial Statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions 
of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work 
and in evaluating the results of our work.

We determined materiality for the Group to be £4.9m, which is based on approximately 5% of underlying profit before tax of £93.7m 
and is below 1% of equity. Prior year materiality was £4.3m, which was based on 5% of underlying profit before tax and was below 
1% of equity. 

Underlying profit before tax has been determined by excluding exceptional and acquisition related items, which are detailed on page 73. These 
items have been excluded from our determination of materiality as they do not reflect the ongoing trading performance of the business. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £0.1m (2014: £0.1m),  
as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit 
Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the Financial Statements.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit scope focused primarily on the audit of 24 subsidiaries in 11 locations (2014: 23 subsidiaries in 11 locations). The 
increase in subsidiaries relates to the inclusion of PVM Oil Futures Ltd, as a result of a full year of its results being included in the Group’s 
consolidated results for the first time. All of these subsidiaries were subject to a full audit or an audit of specified account balances where 
the extent of our testing was based on our assessment of the risks of material misstatement and of the materiality of the Group’s 
operations at those locations.

These 24 subsidiaries represent the principal business units within each of the three operating segments. The subsidiaries for which 
we performed a full scope audit account for 94% (2014: 93%) of the Group’s net assets, 95% (2014: 96%) of the Group’s revenue and 96% 
(2014: 93%) of the Group’s profit before tax. The subsidiaries were also selected to provide an appropriate basis for undertaking audit work 
to address the risks of material misstatement identified above. Our audits of each of the subsidiaries were performed using lower levels of 
materiality based on their size relative to the Group. The materiality for each subsidiary was capped at £2.95m (2014: £2.90m). 

Net assets

1%

5%

Revenue

5%

PBT

1%

3%

94%

95%

96%

Full scope

Specified audit procedures

Analytical procedures only

56  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

The Senior Statutory Auditor has responsibility for overseeing all 
aspects of the audit work of the component auditors. The Senior 
Statutory Auditor is also the lead audit partner for the EMEA 
component. In discharging this responsibility, he visited the US 
and Singapore twice during the audit to meet local management 
and to oversee the audits of the components based in the Americas 
and Asia Pacific. The Group audit team maintains a dialogue with 
component auditors throughout all phases of the audit and 
receives written reports from component auditors setting out 
the results of their audit procedures.

We tested the Group’s consolidation process and carried out 
analytical procedures to confirm that there were no significant 
risks of material misstatement in the aggregated financial 
information of the remaining subsidiaries not subject to audit 
or audit of specified account balances.

Opinion on other matters
In our opinion:

•  the part of the Report on Directors’ Remuneration to be audited 
has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006; and

•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ 
Report for the financial year for which the Financial Statements 
are prepared is consistent with the Financial Statements.

Matters on which we are required to report 
by exception
Adequacy of explanations received and 
accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent 
Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Parent Company Financial Statements are not in agreement 

with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in 
our opinion certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration have not 
been made or the part of the Report on Directors’ Remuneration to 
be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns. We have nothing to report arising from these matters.

Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s 
compliance with certain provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. We have nothing to report arising from our review.

Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are 
required to report to you if, in our opinion, information in the 
Annual Report is:

•  materially inconsistent with the information in the audited 

Financial Statements; or

•  apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 

with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of 
performing our audit; or

•  otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to consider whether we have 
identified any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired 
during the audit and the Directors’ statement that they consider 
the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and 
whether the Annual Report appropriately discloses those matters 
that we communicated to the Audit Committee which we consider 
should have been disclosed. We confirm that we have not 
identified any such inconsistencies or misleading statements.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the Financial Statements and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on 
the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and 
International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). We also comply 
with International Standard on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). 
Our audit methodology and tools aim to ensure that our quality 
control procedures are effective, understood and applied. Our quality 
controls and systems include our dedicated professional standards 
review team and independent partner reviews.

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as 
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

Scope of the audit of the Financial Statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and 
disclosures in the Financial Statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance that the Financial Statements are free from material 
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an 
assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to 
the Group’s and the Parent Company’s circumstances and have been 
consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of 
significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the 
overall presentation of the Financial Statements. In addition, we read 
all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report 
to identify material inconsistencies with the audited Financial 
Statements and to identify any information that is apparently 
materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, the 
knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. 
If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or 
inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Robert Topley FCA. 
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor
London
United Kingdom
1 March 2016

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  57

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationConsolidated Income Statement
for the year ended 31 December 2015

2015

Revenue 

Administrative expenses

Other operating income 

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit of consolidated companies

Share of results of associates

Profit for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Minority interests

Earnings per share 

– Basic

– Diluted

2014 

Revenue

Administrative expenses

Other operating income

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation 

Profit of consolidated companies 

Share of results of associates 

Profit for the year 

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Minority interests

Earnings per share 

– Basic

– Diluted

58  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Exceptional
and 
acquisition
related 
items 
£m

Notes

Underlying 
£m

–

(53.3)

67.3

14.0

–

(2.0)

12.0

(7.5)

4.5

–

4.5

4.5

–

4.5

–

(69.1)

16.0

(53.1)

–

–

(53.1)

6.5

(46.6)

–

(46.6)

(46.6)

–

(46.6)

4

6

5

8

9

10

6

11

11

4

6

5

8

9

10

6

11

11

796.0

(693.9)

5.8

107.9

4.1

(18.3)

93.7

(17.5)

76.2

2.6

78.8

78.4

0.4

78.8

32.2p

31.5p

703.5

(607.9)

5.1

100.7

3.6

(17.7)

86.6

(16.9)

69.7

1.9

71.6

71.2

0.4

71.6

32.3p

32.3p

Total 
£m

796.0

(747.2)

73.1

121.9

4.1

(20.3)

105.7

(25.0)

80.7

2.6

83.3

82.9

0.4

83.3

34.0p

33.3p

703.5

(677.0)

21.1

47.6

3.6

(17.7)

33.5

(10.4)

23.1

1.9

25.0

24.6

0.4

25.0

11.2p

11.2p

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 December 2015

Profit for the year

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Remeasurement of the defined benefit pension scheme

Taxation charge relating to items not reclassified

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Revaluation of investments 

Effect of changes in exchange rates on translation of foreign operations

Taxation charge relating to items that may be reclassified

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Minority interests

Notes

34

10

10

2015 
£m

83.3

24.5

(8.6)

15.9

0.1

8.8

(0.5)

8.4

24.3

107.6

107.1

0.5

107.6

2014 
£m

25.0

10.0

(3.5)

6.5

(0.5)

7.7

(0.2)

7.0

13.5

38.5

37.8

0.7

38.5

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  59

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationConsolidated Balance Sheet
as at 31 December 2015

Non-current assets

Intangible assets arising on consolidation

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Interest in associates

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Defined benefit pension scheme

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Short term provisions

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Long term provisions

Other long term payables

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Minority interests

Total equity 

Notes

2015 
£m

2014 
£m

13

14

15

16

17

19

34

20

18

31

21

22

23

22

19

23

24

357.4

22.1

27.4

6.0

8.5

2.4

88.2

512.0

336.6

20.1

29.4

5.0

5.2

2.3

62.1

460.7

2,639.2

3,261.9

20.3

358.9

3,018.4

3,530.4

10.7

287.1

3,559.7

4,020.4

(2,666.7)

(3,269.2)

(140.9)

(17.3)

(21.3)

–

(12.3)

(6.6)

(2,846.2)

(3,288.1)

172.2

271.6

(79.3)

(33.2)

(7.8)

(22.2)

(219.7)

(24.1)

(9.7)

(15.3)

(142.5)

(268.8)

(2,988.7)

(3,556.9)

541.7

463.5

26

27(a)

27(a)

27(b)

27(c)

27(c)

27(c)

60.9

17.1

178.5

60.9

17.1

178.5

(1,165.1)

(1,173.4)

1,448.6

1,378.8

540.0

1.7

541.7

461.9

1.6

463.5

The Consolidated Financial Statements of Tullett Prebon plc (registered number 5807599) were approved by the Board of Directors and 
authorised for issue on 1 March 2016 and are signed on its behalf by

John Phizackerley
Chief Executive

60  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
for the year ended 31 December 2015

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Share
 premium
 account
 £m

Share
 capital 
£m

Merger
 reserve 
£m

Reverse
 acquisition
 reserve
 £m

Re-
valuation
 reserve
 £m

Hedging
 and
 translation
 £m

Own
 shares 
£m

 Retained
 earnings
 £m

Minority
 interests
 £m

Total
 £m

Total
 equity
 £m

2015

Balance at
1 January 2015

Profit for the year

Other 
comprehensive 
income for the year

Total 
comprehensive 
income for the year

Dividends paid

Credit arising 
on share-based 
payment awards

60.9

17.1

178.5

(1,182.3)

1.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7.6

–

8.3

8.3

–

–

(0.1) 1,378.8

82.9

461.9

82.9

1.6

0.4

463.5

83.3

15.9

24.2

0.1

24.3

98.8

107.1

(41.0)

(41.0)

0.5

(0.4)

107.6

(41.4)

12.0

12.0

–

12.0

Balance at 
31 December 2015 60.9

17.1

178.5

(1,182.3)

1.4

15.9

(0.1) 1,448.6

540.0

1.7

541.7

2014

Balance at
1 January 2014

Profit for the year

Other 
comprehensive 
income for the year

Total 
comprehensive 
income for the year

Dividends paid

Issue of ordinary 
shares

Share issue costs

Decrease in 
minority interests

Credit arising 
on share-based 
payment awards

54.4

17.1

121.5

(1,182.3)

–

–

–

–

6.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

58.4

(1.4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.9

–

0.4

–

(0.5)

7.2

(0.5)

7.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.1)

1,383.4

24.6

396.3

24.6

2.1

0.4

398.4

25.0

6.5

13.2

0.3

13.5

31.1

37.8

(36.7)

(36.7)

–

–

64.9

(1.4)

0.7

(0.2)

–

–

38.5

(36.9)

64.9

(1.4)

(0.2)

(0.2)

(1.0)

(1.2)

1.2

1.2

–

1.2

Balance at 
31 December 2014 60.9

17.1

178.5

(1,182.3)

1.4

7.6

(0.1)

1,378.8

461.9

1.6

463.5

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  61

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes

30

2015 
£m

144.0

2014 
£m

52.8

(10.7)

(0.4)

1.8

1.5

(9.3)

(4.6)

(11.6)

1.7

(0.3)

(31.9)

(41.0)

(0.4)

–

–

(4.3)

(45.7)

20.6

–

1.5

1.0

(5.3)

(5.7)

(5.5)

17.5

–

24.1

(36.7)

(0.2)

(1.4)

(8.5)

–

(46.8)

12

66.4

30.1

287.1

251.6

5.4

358.9

5.4

287.1

31

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 
for the year ended 31 December 2015

Net cash from operating activities

Investing activities

(Purchase)/sale of financial assets

Purchase of investments

Interest received

Dividends from associates

Expenditure on intangible fixed assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Investment in subsidiaries 

Cash acquired with acquisitions

Cash sold with subsidiaries

Net cash used in investment activities

Financing activities 

Dividends paid

Dividends paid to minority interests

Equity issue costs

Repayment of debt

Debt issue and bank facility arrangement costs

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

62  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 December 2015

1. General information 
Tullett Prebon plc is a company incorporated in England and Wales 
under the Companies Act. The address of the registered office is 
given on page 108. The nature of the Group’s operations and its 
principal activities are set out in the Directors’ Report on pages 36 
to 38 and in the Strategic Report on pages 6 to 26.

2. Basis of preparation
(a) Basis of accounting
The Group Financial Statements have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(‘IFRSs’) adopted by the European Union and comply with Article 
4 of the EU IAS Regulation.

non-controlling interests is the amount of those interests at initial 
recognition plus the non-controlling interests’ share of subsequent 
changes in equity. Total comprehensive income is attributed to 
non-controlling interests even if this results in the non-controlling 
interest having a deficit balance. 

Changes in the Group’s interests in subsidiaries that do not result 
in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions. The 
carrying amount of the Group’s interests and the non-controlling 
interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative 
interests in the subsidiaries. Any differences between the amount 
by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair 
value of the consideration paid or received is recognised directly 
in equity and attributed to the owners of the Company.

The Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical cost 
basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.  
As discussed on page 37 of the Directors’ Report, the Directors have 
a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources  
to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, the going concern basis continues to be used in 
preparing these Financial Statements.

For financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are 
categorised into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which inputs 
to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance 
of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which 
are described as follows:

•  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets 

for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included 

within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and 
•  Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The Financial Statements are presented in Pounds sterling because 
that is the currency of the primary economic environment in which 
the Group operates and are rounded to the nearest hundred 
thousand (expressed as millions to one decimal place – £m), except 
where otherwise indicated. The significant accounting policies are 
set out in Note 3.

(b) Basis of consolidation
The Group Consolidated Financial Statements incorporate the 
Financial Statements of the Company and entities controlled by 
the Company made up to 31 December each year. Under IFRS 10 
‘Consolidated Financial Statements’, control is achieved where 
the Company exercises power over an entity, is exposed to, or has 
rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and 
has the ability to use its power to affect the returns from the entity.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year 
are included in the Consolidated Income Statement from the 
effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as 
appropriate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial 
statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into 
line with those used by the Group. All inter-company transactions, 
balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Non-controlling interests, also referred to as minority interests, 
in subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity 
therein. Those interests of non-controlling shareholders that are 
present ownership interests entitling their holders to a proportionate 
share of net assets upon liquidation may initially be measured at 
fair value or at the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share 
of the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Other 
non-controlling interests are initially measured at fair value. The 
choice of measurement is made on an acquisition by acquisition 
basis. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of  

When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, the profit or loss on 
disposal is calculated as the difference between (i) the aggregate 
of the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of 
any retained interest and (ii) the previous carrying amount of the 
assets, including goodwill, less liabilities of the subsidiary and any 
non-controlling interests. Amounts previously recognised in other 
comprehensive income in relation to the subsidiary are accounted 
for in the same manner as would be required if the relevant assets 
or liabilities are disposed of. The fair value of any investment 
retained in the former subsidiary at the date when control was lost 
is regarded as the fair value on initial recognition for subsequent 
accounting under IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement’ or, when applicable, the cost on initial recognition 
of an investment in an associate or jointly controlled entity.

(c) Adoption of new and revised Standards
The following new and revised Standards and Interpretations have 
been adopted in the current year although their adoption has not 
had any significant impact on the Financial Statements:

•  Amendments to IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ regarding employee 

contributions to defined benefit plans;

•  Annual Improvements to IFRSs (2010–2012 Cycle); and 
•  Annual Improvements to IFRSs (2011–2013 Cycle).

At the date of authorisation of these Financial Statements, the 
following EU endorsed Standards and Interpretations were in issue 
but not yet effective. The Group has not applied these Standards or 
Interpretations in the preparation of these Financial Statements:

•  Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of financial statements’ 

regarding disclosures; 

•  Annual Improvements to IFRSs (2012–2014 Cycle);
•  Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 clarification of acceptable 

methods of depreciation and amortisation; and

•  Amendments to IFRS 11 regarding the accounting for acquisition 

of interests in Joint Operations.

The following Standards and Interpretations have not been 
endorsed by the EU and have not been applied in the preparation 
of these Financial Statements:

•  IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’;
•  IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’;
•  IFRS 16 ‘Leases’; and
•  Amendments to IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ regarding the recognition 

of deferred tax assets for unrealised losses.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  63

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

2. Basis of preparation continued
(c) Adoption of new and revised Standards continued
The adoption of IFRS 9 will impact both the measurement and 
disclosures of financial instruments but it is not practicable to 
provide a complete estimate of its effect until a detailed review has 
been completed prior to implementation. The adoption of IFRS 15 
may have an impact on revenue recognition and related disclosures 
and the adoption of IFRS 16 may impact lease recognition and 
related disclosures. The Directors do not expect the adoption of the 
other Standards and Interpretations will have a material impact on 
the Financial Statements of the Group in future periods.

3. Summary of significant accounting policies
(a) Income recognition
Revenue, which excludes sales taxes, includes brokerage including 
commissions, fees earned and subscriptions for information sales. 
Fee income is recognised when the related services are completed 
and the income is considered receivable. 

Revenue comprises:

(i)  Name Passing brokerage, where counterparties to a transaction 

settle directly with each other. Revenue for the service of 
matching buyers and sellers of financial instruments is stated 
net of sales taxes, rebates and discounts and is recognised in 
full on trade date; 

(ii)  Matched Principal brokerage revenue, being the net proceeds 
from a commitment to simultaneously buy and sell financial 
instruments with counterparties, is recognised on trade date;

(iii) Executing Broker brokerage, where the Group executes 
transactions on certain regulated exchanges, and then 
‘gives-up’ the trade to the relevant client, or its clearing 
member. Revenue for the service of matching buyers and sellers 
of financial instruments is stated net of sales taxes, rebates and 
discounts and is recognised in full on trade date; and

(iv)  Fees earned from the sales of price information from financial 
and commodity markets to third parties is recognised on an 
accruals basis.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the 
principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable. 
Dividend income from investments is recognised when the Group’s 
right to receive the payment is established.

(b) Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for 
using the acquisition method. The consideration for each acquisition 
is measured at the aggregate of the fair values (at the date of 
exchange) of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity 
instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the 
acquiree. Acquisition costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition includes 
any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement, measured at its acquisition date fair value. 
Subsequent changes in such fair values are adjusted against the 
cost of the acquisition where they qualify as measurement period 
adjustments. The measurement period is the period from the date 
of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information 
about the facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition 
date, and is subject to a maximum of one year. All subsequent 
changes in the fair value of contingent consideration classified as 
an asset or a liability are accounted for in accordance with relevant 
IFRSs. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration 
classified as equity are not recognised.

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s 
previously held interests in the acquired entity are remeasured 
to fair value at the acquisition date and any resulting gain or loss 
is recognised in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in 
the acquiree prior to the acquisition that have previously been 
recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit 
or loss, where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest 
was disposed of.

The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 
(2008) are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, 
except that:

•  deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised and measured 

in accordance with IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’;

•  liabilities or assets related to employee benefit arrangements 

are recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 19 
‘Employee Benefits’;

•  acquiree share-based payment awards replaced by Group awards 
are measured in accordance with IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payments’; 
and

•  assets or disposal groups that are classified for sale are measured 
in accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and 
Discontinued Operations’.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete 
by the end of the reporting period in which the business 
combination occurs, provisional amounts are reported. Those 
provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period, 
or additional assets or liabilities recognised, to reflect the facts and 
circumstances that existed as at the acquisition date.

(c) Investment in associates
An associate is an entity over which the Group is in a position to 
exercise significant influence. Significant influence is the power to 
participate in the financial and operating decisions of the investee 
but is not control or joint control over these policies.

The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in 
these Financial Statements using the equity method of accounting 
except when classified as held for sale. Investments in associates are 
carried in the balance sheet at cost as adjusted by post-acquisition 
changes in the Group’s share of the net assets of the associate, less 
any impairment in the value of individual investments. Losses of 
the associates in excess of the Group’s interest in those associates 
are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred 
legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf 
of the associate.

Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s share of 
the fair values of the identifiable net assets of the associate at the 
date of acquisition is recognised as goodwill. Any discount in the 
cost of acquisition below the Group’s share of the fair value of the 
identifiable net assets of the associate at the date of acquisition 
(i.e. discount on acquisition) is credited to profit and loss in the 
year of acquisition.

Where a Group company transacts with an associate of the Group, 
profits and losses are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s 
interest in the relevant associate. Losses may provide evidence of 
impairment of the asset transferred in which case appropriate 
provision is made for impairment.

(d) Interests in joint venture arrangements
A joint venture arrangement is a contractual arrangement whereby 
the Group and other parties undertake an economic activity that is 
subject to joint control.

64  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Joint venture arrangements, which involve the establishment of a 
separate entity in which each party has an interest, are referred to 
as jointly controlled entities. The Group reports its interests in 
jointly controlled entities using the equity method of accounting. 
Investments in joint ventures are carried in the balance sheet at cost 
as adjusted by post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of the 
net assets of the joint venture, less any impairment in the value of 
individual investments. Losses of the joint venture in excess of the 
Group’s interest in those joint ventures are recognised only to the 
extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations 
or made payments under the terms of the joint venture.

(e) Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the 
cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of a subsidiary 
or associate at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is initially recognised 
at cost and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated 
impairment losses. Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date 
of transition to IFRS has been retained at the previous UK GAAP 
amounts at that date.

Goodwill recognised as an asset is reviewed for impairment at 
least annually. Any impairment loss is recognised as an expense 
immediately and is not subsequently reversed. For the purpose 
of impairment testing goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s 
cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of 
the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has 
been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more 
frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be 
impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is 
less than the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit, 
the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount 
of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of 
the unit pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset 
in the unit.

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of an associate is included 
within the carrying value of the associate. Goodwill arising on 
the acquisition of subsidiaries is presented separately in the 
balance sheet. 

On disposal of a subsidiary, associate or jointly controlled 
entity, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the 
determination of the profit or loss on disposal. 

The interest of minority shareholders in the acquired entity is 
initially measured at the minority’s proportion of the net fair 
value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognised.

(f) Intangible assets
Software and software development costs
An internally-generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s 
software development is recognised at cost only if all of the 
following conditions are met:

•  an asset is created that can be identified; 
•  it is probable that the asset created will generate future 

economic benefits; and

•  the development costs of the asset can be measured reliably.

Where the above conditions are not met, costs are expensed 
as incurred. 

Acquired separately or from a business combination 
Intangible assets acquired separately are capitalised at cost and 
intangible assets acquired in a business acquisition are capitalised 
at fair value at the date of acquisition. The useful lives of these 
intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite. 
Amortisation charged on assets with a finite useful life is taken 
to the income statement through ‘other administrative expenses’.

Other than software development costs, intangible assets created 
within the business are not capitalised and expenditure is charged 
to the income statement in the year in which the expenditure 
is incurred.

Intangible assets are amortised over their finite useful lives 
generally on a straight-line basis, as follows:

Software:

Purchased or developed 

– up to 5 years

Software licences 

Acquisition intangibles:

Brand/Trade marks 

Customer relationships  

Other intangibles 

–  over the period of 

the licence

– up to 5 years

– 2 to 10 years

–  over the period of the 

contract

Intangible assets are subject to impairment review if there are 
events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset 
are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds 
and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the 
income statement when the asset is derecognised.

(g) Property, plant and equipment
Freehold land is stated at cost. Buildings, furniture, fixtures, 
equipment and motor vehicles are stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.

Depreciation is provided on all tangible fixed assets at rates 
calculated to write off the cost, less estimated residual value 
based on prices prevailing at the date of acquisition, of each asset 
on a straight-line basis over its expected useful life as follows:

Furniture, fixtures, equipment 
and motor vehicles  

Short and long leasehold land  
and buildings 

Freehold land 

Freehold buildings 

– 3 to 10 years

– period of the lease

– infinite

– 50 years

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their 
expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, 
where shorter, the term of the relevant lease.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset 
is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and 
the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in income.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  65

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder Information  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies 
continued
(h) Impairment of tangible and intangible assets 
excluding goodwill
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying 
amounts of its tangible and intangible assets with finite lives to 
determine whether there is any indication that those assets have 
suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the 
recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine 
the extent of the impairment loss. Where the asset does not 
generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the 
Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating 
unit to which the asset belongs. Intangible assets with indefinite 
useful lives are tested for impairment annually and whenever 
there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less any cost to sell 
and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future 
cash flows are discounted to their present values using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is 
estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount 
of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable 
amount. Impairment losses are recognised as an expense 
immediately. Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the 
carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased 
to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the 
increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined had no impairment loss been 
recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. 
A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised as income 
immediately, unless the relevant asset is carried at a re-valued 
amount, in which case the reversal of the impairment loss is 
treated as a revaluation increase.

(i) Broker contract payments
Payments made to brokers under employment contracts which are 
in advance of the expected economic benefit due to the Group are 
accounted for as prepayments and included within trade and other 
receivables. Payments made in advance are subject to repayment 
conditions during the contract period and the prepayment is 
amortised over the shorter of the contract term and the period the 
payment remains recoverable. Amounts that are irrecoverable, or 
become irrecoverable, are written off immediately.

Payments made in arrears are accrued and are included within 
trade and other payables.

(j) Financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the 
Group’s balance sheet when the Group has become a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument. 

Financial instruments are derecognised when all derecognition 
criteria of IAS 39 are met and the Group no longer controls the 
contractual rights that comprise the financial instrument. This is 
normally the case when the instrument is sold, or all of the cash 
flows attributable to the instrument are passed through to an 
independent third party.

Financial assets are classified on initial recognition as ‘available-for-
sale’, ‘loans and receivables’ or ‘at fair value through the income 
statement’ (‘FVTPL’). Financial liabilities are classified on initial 
recognition as either ‘at fair value through the income statement’ 
(‘FVTPL’) or as ‘other financial liabilities’.

66  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Available-for-sale 
Certain of the Group’s investments are classified as available-for-
sale financial assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are 
measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment 
losses and foreign exchange gains and losses on available-for-sale 
monetary items, are recognised directly in other comprehensive 
income. For equity financial assets, where the fair value cannot be 
reliably measured, the assets are held at cost less any provision for 
impairment. These assets are generally expected to be held for the 
long term and are included in non-current assets. Assets such as 
holdings in exchanges, cash related instruments and long term 
equity investments that do not qualify as associates or joint 
ventures are classified as available-for-sale. When an investment is 
derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive 
income is transferred to profit or loss.

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial instruments that 
have fixed or determinable payments that are not listed in an 
active market. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised 
cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. 
Interest income is recognised using the effective interest rate, 
except for short term receivables when the recognition of interest 
would be immaterial. Settlement balances, trade receivables, loans 
and other receivables are classified as ‘loans and receivables’.

Fair value through the income statement
Financial assets and liabilities can be designated at fair value 
through the income statement where they meet specific criteria 
set out in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement’ or where assets or liabilities are held for trading. 
Subsequent changes in fair value are recognised directly in the 
income statement.

Other financial liabilities 
Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured 
at fair value, net of transaction costs, and are subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest 
expense recognised on an effective yield basis.

Financial assets, other than those at fair value through the income 
statement, are assessed for indicators of impairment at each 
balance sheet date. Financial assets are impaired where there is 
objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that 
occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the 
estimated future cash flows of the investment have been 
impacted. Impairment is recognised in the income statement.

(k) Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments, such as foreign currency contracts 
and interest rate swaps, are entered into by the Group in order to 
manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign currency 
fluctuations or as simultaneous back-to-back transactions with 
counterparties. The Group does not use derivative financial 
instruments for speculative purposes. 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date 
a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. 
The resulting gain or loss is recognised immediately unless the 
derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, 
in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss 
depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. 

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current 
liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 
12 months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 
12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets 
or current liabilities.

(l) Hedge accounting
Derivatives designated as hedges are either ‘fair value hedges’ 
or ‘hedges of net investments in foreign operations’.

Fair value hedges 
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated 
and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in profit or loss 
immediately, together with any changes in the fair value of the 
hedged item that is attributable to the hedged risk. The changes 
in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the changes in the 
hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognised in the 
line of the income statement relating to the hedged item.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes 
the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is 
sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge 
accounting. The adjustment to the carrying amount of the 
hedged item arising from the hedged risk is amortised to profit 
or loss from that date.

Net investment hedges 
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that 
are designated and qualify as net investment hedges is recognised 
in the hedging and translation reserve in other comprehensive 
income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss, and is included in financial 
income or financial expense respectively.

Gains and losses deferred in the hedging and translation reserve 
are recognised in profit or loss on disposal of the foreign operation.

(m) Settlement balances
Certain Group companies engage in Matched Principal brokerage 
whereby securities are bought from one counterparty and 
simultaneously sold to another counterparty. Settlement of such 
transactions typically takes place within a few business days of 
the transaction date according to the relevant market rules and 
conventions. The amounts due from and payable to counterparties 
in respect of as yet unsettled Matched Principal transactions are 
shown gross, except where a netting agreement, which is legally 
enforceable at all times, exists and the asset and liability are either 
settled net or simultaneously.

(n) Derivative financial instrument balances arising from 
business activities
The Group undertakes matched principal broking involving 
simultaneous back-to-back derivative transactions with 
counterparties. These transactions are classified as financial 
instruments at fair value through the income statement (‘FVTPL’) 
and are shown gross, except where a netting agreement, which is 
legally enforceable at all times, exists and the asset and liability 
are either settled net or simultaneously.

(o) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash comprises cash in hand and demand deposits which may be 
accessed without penalty. Cash equivalents comprise short term 
highly liquid investments with a maturity of less than three months 
from the date of acquisition. For the purposes of the Consolidated 
Cash Flow Statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and 
cash equivalents as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

(p) Interest bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, 
being the consideration received net of issue costs associated 
with the borrowing.

After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings 
are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method. Amortised cost is calculated taking into account any issue 
costs and any discounts or premium on settlement. Gains and 
losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities 
are derecognised, as well as through the amortisation process.

(q) Client money
Client money is held separately and included in the Group’s balance 
sheet. The net return received on managing client money is 
included within interest.

(r) Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation, 
legal or constructive, as a result of a past event where it is probable 
that this will result in an outflow of economic benefits that can be 
reasonably estimated.

Provisions for restructuring costs are recognised when the Group 
has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring, which has been 
notified to affected parties.

(s) Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of each Group company are 
prepared in the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which it operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements, the results and financial 
position of each Group company are expressed in Pounds sterling, 
which is the functional currency of the Group and the presentation 
currency for the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, 
transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are 
recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the 
transactions. Gains and losses arising from the settlement of these 
transactions, and from the retranslation of monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional 
currency at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date, are 
recognised in the income statement. Non-monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional 
currency that are measured at historical cost or fair value, are 
translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction  
or at the date the fair value was determined.

For the purpose of presenting Consolidated Financial Statements, 
the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are 
translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. 
Exchange differences arising are classified as other comprehensive 
income and transferred to the Group’s translation reserve. Such 
translation differences are recognised as income or as expense in 
the year in which the operation is disposed of. Income and expense 
items are translated at average exchange rates for the year.

(t) Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of current tax payable 
arising in the year, movements in deferred tax and movements 
in tax provisions.

The current tax payable arising in the year is based on taxable 
profit for the year using tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date, and any 
adjustment to tax payable in respect of prior years.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  67

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

3. Summary of significant accounting policies 
continued
(t) Taxation continued
Deferred tax is accounted for using the balance sheet liability 
method in respect of temporary differences arising between the 
carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the Financial Statements 
and the corresponding tax basis used in the computation of taxable 
profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all 
temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the 
extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against 
which deductible temporary differences may be utilised. Temporary 
differences are not recognised if they arise from goodwill or from 
initial recognition of other assets and liabilities in a transaction 
which affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

The amount recognised in the balance sheet represents the net of 
the present value of the defined benefit obligation as adjusted for 
actuarial gains and losses and past service cost, and the fair value 
of plan assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited 
to the unrecognised actuarial losses and past service cost, plus 
the present value of available refunds and reductions in future 
contributions to the plan.

(w) Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain 
employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at 
fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the 
grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the 
Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, 
except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the 
temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The fair value of share options issued is determined using 
appropriate valuation models. The expected life used in the 
models has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate 
for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions, and 
behavioural considerations.

Deferred tax is calculated at the rates that are expected to apply 
when the asset or liability is settled or when the asset is realised. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, 
except when it relates to items credited or charged directly to 
other comprehensive income or equity, in which case the deferred 
tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income or equity.

(u) Leases
Assets held under finance leases, which transfer to the Group 
substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of 
the leased item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the 
fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value 
of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned 
between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so 
as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance 
of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly against income. 

Capitalised leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the 
estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term.

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and 
benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating 
leases. Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in 
the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

(v) Retirement benefit costs
Defined contributions made to employees’ personal pension 
plans are charged to the income statement as and when incurred. 

For defined benefit retirement plans, the cost of providing the 
benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method. 
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the year 
in which they occur. They are recognised outside the income 
statement and are presented in other comprehensive income.

Past service cost is recognised immediately to the extent that 
the benefits have already vested, and is otherwise amortised 
on a straight-line basis over the average period until the 
amended benefits become vested.

The estimated fair value of shares granted is based on the share 
price at grant date, reduced where shares do not qualify for 
dividends during the vesting period. Market based performance 
conditions for equity-settled payments are reflected in the initial 
fair value of the award.

(x) Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the 
value of proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. An equity 
instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in 
the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities.

(y) Treasury shares
Where share capital recognised as equity is repurchased, the 
amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable 
costs, net of any tax effects, is recognised as a deduction from 
equity. When treasury shares are sold or re-issued subsequently, 
the amount received is recognised as an increase in equity, and the 
resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is transferred to or 
from retained earnings.

(z) Accounting estimates and judgements
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, the Directors are 
required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent 
from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are 
based on historical experience and other factors that are considered 
to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and 
revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period an 
estimate is revised. Significant judgement and estimates are 
necessary in relation to the following matters:

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
Determining whether goodwill and intangible assets are impaired 
requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash-generating 
units to which these assets have been allocated. The value in use 
calculation requires estimation of future cash flows expected to 
arise for the cash-generating unit, the selection of suitable discount 
rates and the estimation of future growth rates. 

68  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Taxation
In arriving at the current and deferred tax liability the Group has 
taken account of tax issues that are subject to ongoing discussions 
with the relevant tax authorities. Liabilities have been calculated 
based on management’s assessment of relevant information and 
advice. Where outcomes differ from the amounts initially recorded, 
such differences impact current and deferred tax amounts in the 
period the outcome is determined.

Provisions
Provisions are established by the Group based on management’s 
assessment of relevant information and advice available at the 
time of preparing the Financial Statements. Outcomes are 
uncertain and dependent on future events. Where outcomes differ 
from management’s expectations, differences from the amount 
initially provided will impact profit or loss in the period the 
outcome is determined. 

Contingent consideration payable on acquisitions
Acquisition consideration that is contingent on future events is 
recorded at its acquisition date fair value, based on management’s 
assessment of achieving the required targets. Subsequent changes 
in the fair value of contingent consideration are reflected in profit 
or loss in the period in which the remeasurement occurs.

Retirement benefit asset 
The Group’s retirement benefit asset is the net of its defined 
benefit scheme’s assets and the related defined benefit obligation. 
The defined benefit obligation represents the scheme’s future 
liabilities, which are estimated using actuarial and other financial 
assumptions, discounted to a current value using a discount rate 
set by reference to market yields on high quality corporate bonds. 
The value of the defined benefit obligation is sensitive to changes 
in the actuarial, financial and discount rate assumptions, changes 
to which would be reflected in other comprehensive income in the 
period the change occurs.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  69

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

4. Segmental analysis
Products and services from which reportable segments derive their revenues
The Group is organised by geographic reporting segments which are used for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of 
segmental performance by Group management. These are the Group’s reportable segments under IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’.

Each geographic reportable segment derives revenue from Treasury Products, Interest Rate Derivatives, Fixed Income, Equities, Energy, 
and Information Sales and Risk Management Services.

Information regarding the Group’s operating segments is reported below:

Analysis by geographical segment

Revenue

Europe and the Middle East

Americas

Asia Pacific

Operating profit

Europe and the Middle East

Americas

Asia Pacific

Underlying operating profit

Exceptional and acquisition related items (Note 6)

Reported operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit of consolidated companies

Share of results of associates

Profit for the year

2015
£m

455.3

234.5

106.2

796.0

81.2

14.9

11.8

107.9

14.0

121.9

4.1

(20.3)

105.7

(25.0)

80.7

2.6

83.3

2014
 £m

405.6

201.6

96.3

703.5

80.1

10.5

10.1

100.7

(53.1)

47.6

3.6

(17.7)

33.5

(10.4)

23.1

1.9

25.0

There are no inter-segment sales included in segment revenue. 

Tullett Prebon plc is domiciled in the UK. Revenue attributable to the UK amounted to £399.7m (2014: £345.0m) and the total revenue 
from other countries was £396.3m (2014: £358.5m).

70  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Other segmental information

Capital additions

Europe and the Middle East – UK

Europe and the Middle East – Other

Americas

Asia Pacific

Depreciation and amortisation

Europe and the Middle East – UK

Europe and the Middle East – Other

Americas

Asia Pacific

Goodwill impairment

Americas – Brazil impairment (Note 13)

Share-based compensation

Europe and the Middle East – UK (including £10.2m relating to acquisitions (2014: £0.9m))

Europe and the Middle East – Other

Americas (including £0.1m relating to acquisitions (2014: £nil))

Asia Pacific (including £0.2m relating to acquisitions (2014: £nil))

2015
 £m 

2014 
£m 

10.4

0.8

2.0

0.7

13.9

5.9

0.6

3.7

0.8

11.0

2015
 £m 

2014 
£m 

9.1

0.8

4.4

0.7

8.3

0.6

3.8

0.9

15.0

13.6

2015 
£m

–

–

2015
£m 

11.1

–

0.6

0.3

12.0

2014 
£m

6.8

6.8

2014 
£m 

1.3

–

(0.1)

–

1.2

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  71

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

4. Segmental analysis continued
Other segmental information continued

Segment assets

Europe and the Middle East – UK

Europe and the Middle East – Other

Americas

Asia Pacific

Segment liabilities

Europe and the Middle East – UK

Europe and the Middle East – Other

Americas

Asia Pacific

Segment assets and liabilities exclude all inter-segment balances.

Analysis by product group

Revenue 

Treasury Products

Interest Rate Derivatives

Fixed Income

Equities

Energy

Information Sales and Risk Management Services

2015 
£m 

2014
 £m 

1,436.8

1,741.7

26.7

24.2

1,987.9

2,184.4

79.0

70.1

3,530.4

4,020.4

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m 

1,059.2

1,408.8

21.6

19.8

1,867.0

2,089.8

40.9

38.5

2,988.7

3,556.9

2015
 £m

185.0

135.3

171.2

46.3

204.3

53.9

796.0

2014 
£m

190.5

140.6

186.5

39.5

100.0

46.4

703.5

5. Other operating income
Other operating income represents receipts such as rental income, royalties, insurance proceeds, settlements from competitors and 
business relocation grants. Costs associated with such items are included in administrative expenses.

72  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

6. Profit for the year
The profit for the year has been arrived at after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 15)

Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 14)

Amortisation of acquisition related intangible assets (Note 13)

Staff costs (Note 7)

Auditor’s remuneration for audit services (see below)

Exceptional and acquisition related items comprise:

Net credit relating to major legal actions

Charge relating to cost improvement programmes

Acquisition costs relating to IGBB

Other acquisition costs

Acquisition related share-based payment charge

Amortisation of intangible assets arising on consolidation

Goodwill impairment

Loss on disposal of subsidiary undertakings

Adjustment to acquisition consideration

Finance costs (Note 9)

Taxation (charge)/credit on exceptional and acquisition related items

2015 
£m

7.7

7.3

1.2

546.4

2.3

2015 
£m

64.4

(25.7)

38.7

(12.1)

(0.5)

(10.5)

(1.2)

–

(0.6)

0.2

14.0

(2.0)

12.0

(7.5)

4.5

2014 
£m

6.5

7.1

–

491.6

2.2

2014
 £m

3.1

(46.7)

(43.6)

–

(1.8)

(0.9)

–

(6.8)

–

–

(53.1)

–

(53.1)

6.5

(46.6)

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  73

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

6. Profit for the year continued
The analysis of auditor’s remuneration is as follows:

Audit of the Group’s annual accounts

Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries and associates pursuant to legislation(1)

Total audit fees

Audit-related assurance services

Taxation compliance services

Other taxation advisory services

Corporate finance services(2)

Other services

Total non-audit fees

2015
 £000

393

1,882

2,275

237

103

28

1,703

21

2,092

Audit fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of associated pension schemes

13

Note:
(1)  2014 includes £252,000 relating to the pre-acquisition audits of PVM Oil Associates Limited and its subsidiaries.
(2)  Corporate finance services relate primarily to the proposed acquisition of IGBB, £1,220,000 relating to due diligence services and £463,000 

as reporting accountant.

7. Staff costs
The average monthly number of full time equivalent employees and Directors of the Group was:

2014 
£000

433

1,735

2,168

289

115

11

283

95

793

13

2015 
No.

1,261

848

585

2014 
No.

1,179

796

561

2,694

2,536

2015 
£m

486.7

40.6

7.1

10.5

1.5

2014
 £m

447.3

36.2

6.9

0.9

0.3

546.4

491.6

Europe and the Middle East

Americas

Asia Pacific

The aggregate employment costs of staff and Directors were:

Wages, salaries, bonuses and incentive payments

Social security costs

Defined contribution pension costs (Note 34(b))

Acquisition related share-based payment expense

Other share-based compensation expense

74  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

8. Finance income

Interest receivable and similar income

Deemed interest arising on the defined benefit pension scheme surplus

9. Finance costs

Interest and fees payable on bank facilities

Interest payable on Sterling Notes August 2014

Interest payable on Sterling Notes July 2016

Interest payable on Sterling Notes June 2019

Other interest payable

Amortisation of debt issue and bank facility costs

Total borrowing costs

Amortisation of discount on deferred consideration

Underlying
 £m

Acquisition
 related
 £m

1.6

–

9.9

4.2

0.4

1.8

17.9

0.4

18.3

0.6

–

–

–

–

1.1

1.7

0.3

2.0

10. Taxation

Current tax

UK corporation tax

Overseas tax

Prior year UK corporation tax 

Prior year overseas tax

Deferred tax (Note 19)

Current year

Prior year 

Tax charge for the year

2015 
£m

1.8

2.3

4.1

2015
 Total 
£m

2.2

–

9.9

4.2

0.4

2.9

19.6

0.7

20.3

2014
£m

1.4

2.2

3.6

2014 
Total 
£m

1.5

0.4

9.9

4.2

0.5

1.1

17.6

0.1

17.7

2015 
£m

2014 
£m

22.7

4.2

(0.4)

(1.6)

24.9

0.2

(0.1)

0.1

8.9

4.4

(0.9)

(3.5)

8.9

0.8

0.7

1.5

25.0

10.4

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  75

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

10. Taxation continued
The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit in the income statement as follows:

Profit before tax

Tax based on the UK corporation tax rate of 20.25% (2014: 21.5%) 

Tax effect of non-deductible goodwill impairment

Tax effect of expenses that are not deductible

Tax effect of non-taxable income

Unrecognised timing differences

Prior year adjustments

Impact of overseas tax rates/other

Tax charge for the year

2015 
£m

105.7

21.4

–

5.0

(0.4)

(1.7)

(2.1)

2.8

25.0

2014 
£m

33.5

7.2

1.5

4.4

(0.2)

1.8

(3.7)

(0.6)

10.4

In addition to the income statement charge, the following current and deferred tax items have been included in other comprehensive 
income and equity:

2015

Current tax charge relating to:

– Exchange movement on net investment loans

Deferred tax charge relating to:

– Increase in the defined benefit pension scheme surplus

– Change in fair value of available-for-sale assets

Tax charge on items taken directly to other comprehensive income 
and equity

2014

Current tax charge relating to:

– Exchange movement on net investment loans

Deferred tax charge relating to:

– Increase in the defined benefit pension scheme surplus

Tax charge on items taken directly to other comprehensive income 
and equity

Recognised
in other 
comprehensive
income
£m

Recognised
 in equity 
£m

Total
 £m

0.4

8.6

0.1

9.1

0.2

3.5

3.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.4

8.6

0.1

9.1

0.2

3.5

3.7

76  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

11. Earnings per share

Basic – underlying

Diluted – underlying

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following number of shares:

Basic weighted average shares

Contingently issuable shares

Diluted weighted average shares

The earnings used in the calculation of underlying, basic and diluted earnings per share, are set out below:

Earnings for the year 

Minority interests

Earnings

Exceptional and acquisition related items (Note 6)

Tax on exceptional and acquisition related items

Underlying earnings 

12. Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2015 of 5.6p per share

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2014 of 11.25p per share

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2014 of 5.6p per share

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2013 of 11.25p per share

2015

32.2p

31.5p

34.0p

33.3p

2015
No.(m)

243.6

5.1

248.7

2015
 £m

83.3

(0.4)

82.9

(12.0)

7.5

78.4

2015 
£m

13.6

27.4

–

–

41.0

2014

32.3p

32.3p

11.2p

11.2p

2014 
No.(m)

220.4

0.2

220.6

2014
 £m

25.0

(0.4)

24.6

53.1

(6.5)

71.2

2014
 £m

–

–

12.2

24.5

36.7

In respect of the current year, the Directors propose that the final dividend of 11.25p per share amounting to £27.4m will be paid on 
19 May 2016 to all shareholders on the Register of Members on 29 April 2016. This dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at 
the AGM and has not been included as a liability in these Financial Statements. 

The trustees of the Tullett Prebon plc Employee Benefit Trust 2007 have waived their rights to dividends.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  77

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder Information 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

13. Intangible assets arising on consolidation

At 1 January 2015

Recognised on acquisitions

Amortisation of acquisition related intangibles

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2015

At 1 January 2014

Recognised on acquisitions

Impairment

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2014

Goodwill 
£m

Other
 £m

327.1

14.5

–

5.9

347.5

275.6

55.8

(6.8)

2.5

327.1

9.5

1.1

(1.2)

0.5

9.9

–

9.5

–

–

9.5

Total 
£m

336.6

15.6

(1.2)

6.4

357.4

275.6

65.3

(6.8)

2.5

336.6

Other intangible assets arising on consolidation include the value of business brands and customer relationships recognised on acquisitions.

Goodwill arising through business combinations has been allocated to individual cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) for impairment testing 
as follows:

CGU

Europe and the Middle East

North America

Brazil

Asia Pacific

PVM Oil Associates

2015 
£m

2014
£m

195.1

195.1

75.9

2.3

19.3

54.9

57.5

3.3

19.3

51.9

347.5

327.1

Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of each CGU. The recoverable amount of 
each CGU is the higher of its value in use (‘VIU’) or its net realisable value (‘NRV’).

The key assumptions for the VIU calculations are those regarding expected cash flows arising in future periods, regional growth rates and 
the discount rates. Future cash flow projections are based on the most recent Board approved financial budgets which are used to project 
cash flows for the next five years. After this period a steady state cash flow is used to derive a terminal value for the CGU. Goodwill has an 
indefinite life and this is reflected in the calculation of the CGU’s terminal value. Estimated average growth rates, based on each region’s 
constituent country growth rates as published by the World Bank, are used to estimate cash flows after the budgeted period. Discount 
rates used are based on the Group’s WACC and are a function of the Group’s cost of equity, derived using a Capital Asset Pricing Model 
(‘CAPM’), and the Group’s cost of debt. The cost of equity estimate depended on inputs in the CAPM reflecting a number of variables 
including the risk-free rate and a premium to reflect the inherent risk of the business being evaluated. These inputs are based on external 
assessment of economic variables together with management’s judgement.

As at 31 December 2015 VIU has been used to estimate recoverable amounts for all CGUs and for all CGUs, the estimate of the recoverable 
amount was higher than the carrying value. The VIU calculations used annual growth rates of 2% for Europe and the Middle East (2014: 2%), 
2.5% for North America (2014: 2.5%), 2% for Brazil (2014: n/a), 3% for Asia Pacific (2014: 3%) and 2% for PVM (2014: 2%). Terminal values for 
each CGU assumed no further growth reflecting longer term forecasting constraints. Resultant cash flows for Europe and the Middle East, 
Asia Pacific and PVM have been discounted at a pre-tax discount rate of 10.5% (2014: 10.5%), and for North America and Brazil have been 
discounted at 12.5% (2014: 12.5%) reflecting the higher level of uncertainty in the forecasts of those CGUs’ future cash flows.

These calculations have been subject to stress tests reflecting reasonably possible changes in key assumptions. All VIU calculations are tolerant to 
reasonably changes in the discount rate and are most sensitive to lower growth rate assumptions which reduce expected cash flows. With zero 
growth all CGUs’ recoverable amounts were still higher than their carrying value. At this level the recoverable amount for Europe and the Middle 
East exceeded its carrying value by £196m, which reduces to nil if growth rates fall to negative 4%. The impact on future cash flows resulting 
from falling growth rates does not reflect any management actions that would be taken under such circumstances.

In 2014, the estimated recoverable amount for the Brazil CGU was based on its NRV resulting in an impairment of £6.8m to the goodwill 
attributed to that CGU. 

78  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

14. Other intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2015

Additions

Amounts derecognised

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2015

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 January 2015

Charge for the year

Amounts derecognised

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2015

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2015

Cost

At 1 January 2014

Additions

Amounts derecognised

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2014

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 January 2014

Charge for the year

Amounts derecognised

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2014

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2014

Purchased 
software 
£m

Developed
 software 
£m

Total
 £m

49.2

9.3

(0.9)

1.1

58.7

41.8

7.4

(0.3)

0.6

49.5

(23.6)

(29.1)

(6.2)

0.2

(0.8)

(7.3)

0.8

(1.0)

(30.4)

(36.6)

7.4

1.9

(0.6)

0.5

9.2

(5.5)

(1.1)

0.6

(0.2)

(6.2)

3.0

19.1

22.1

11.6

0.7

(5.2)

0.3

7.4

(9.6)

(1.0)

5.2

(0.1)

(5.5)

36.4

4.6

–

0.8

41.8

(16.6)

(6.1)

–

(0.9)

(23.6)

48.0

5.3

(5.2)

1.1

49.2

(26.2)

(7.1)

5.2

(1.0)

(29.1)

1.9

18.2

20.1

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  79

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

Land, buildings and 
leasehold 
improvements
 £m

Furniture, fixtures,
 equipment and 
motor vehicles
 £m

25.4

2.3

0.5

(0.4)

0.5

28.3

(13.2)

(1.9)

0.1

(0.2)

(15.2)

13.1

29.5

1.3

–

(5.9)

0.5

25.4

(17.3)

(1.5)

5.9

(0.3)

(13.2)

12.2

53.9

2.3

0.2

(1.2)

0.8

56.0

(36.7)

(5.8)

1.3

(0.5)

(41.7)

14.3

51.6

4.4

1.0

(3.9)

0.8

53.9

(35.0)

(5.0)

3.9

(0.6)

(36.7)

17.2

Total 
£m

79.3

4.6

0.7

(1.6)

1.3

84.3

(49.9)

(7.7)

1.4

(0.7)

(56.9)

27.4

81.1

5.7

1.0

(9.8)

1.3

79.3

(52.3)

(6.5)

9.8

(0.9)

(49.9)

29.4

15. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 1 January 2015

Additions

Acquired with acquisitions

Disposals

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2015

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2015

Charge for the year

Disposals

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2015

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2015

Cost

At 1 January 2014

Additions

Acquired with acquisitions

Disposals

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2014

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2014

Charge for the year

Disposals

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2014

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2014

No assets are held under finance leases.

80  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

16. Interest in associates 

Carrying amount of investment in associates

Aggregated amounts relating to associates:

Total assets

Total liabilities

Net assets

Revenue

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income attributable to the owners

Group’s share of profit for the year

Group’s share of other comprehensive income

Dividends received from associates during the year

2015
 £m

6.0

29.5

(12.0)

17.5

2014
 £m

5.0

22.3

(8.1)

14.2

32.1

22.0

7.8

–

2.6

–

1.5

5.4

–

1.9

–

1.0

Interests in associates are measured using the equity method. A list of investments in associates, including the name, country of 
incorporation and proportion of ownership interest, is given in Note 37.

17. Investments

Available-for-sale assets carried at fair value

– unlisted

– listed

Loans and receivables

2015 
£m

2014 
£m

5.0

0.7

2.8

8.5

4.2

1.0

–

5.2

The fair values of unlisted available-for-sale assets and loans and receivables are based on derived valuations as disclosed in Note 25(h).

Listed investments comprise equity securities that present the Group with opportunity for return through dividend income and capital 
gains. They have no fixed maturity or coupon rate. Fair values are derived from quoted market prices (Level 1 valuation).

18. Financial assets

Short term government securities

Term deposits

Financial assets are liquid funds held on deposit with banks and clearing organisations.

2015 
£m

13.7

6.6

20.3

2014 
£m

8.3

2.4

10.7

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  81

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

19. Deferred tax

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

The movement for the year in the Group’s net deferred tax position was as follows:

At 1 January

Charge to income for the year

Charge to other comprehensive income for the year

Recognised with acquisitions

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December

Deferred tax balances and movements thereon are analysed as: 

2015 
£m

2.4

(33.2)

(30.8)

2015
 £m

(21.8)

(0.1)

(8.7)

–

(0.2)

(30.8)

2014
 £m

2.3

(24.1)

(21.8)

2014
 £m

(15.0)

(1.5)

(3.5)

(1.7)

(0.1)

(21.8)

2015

Share-based payment awards

Defined benefit pension scheme

Tax losses

Other timing differences

2014

Share-based payment awards

Defined benefit pension scheme

Tax losses

Other timing differences

Recognised 
in profit 
 or loss 
£m

Recognised 
 in other 
comprehensive
 income
 £m

Recognised 
with 
acquisitions
 £m

Effect of
 movements
in exchange
 rates 
£m

At
 31 December
£m

At 
1 January 
£m

0.2

(21.7)

0.4

(0.7)

(21.8)

0.3

(17.7)

–

2.4

(15.0)

0.3

(0.6)

(0.4)

0.6

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.5)

–

(0.9)

(1.5)

–

(8.6)

–

(0.1)

(8.7)

–

(3.5)

–

–

(3.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.4

(2.1)

(1.7)

–

–

–

(0.2)

(0.2)

–

–

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

0.5

(30.9)

–

(0.4)

(30.8)

0.2

(21.7)

0.4

(0.7)

(21.8)

At the balance sheet date, the Group has a net unrecognised deferred tax asset of £24.8m (2014: £21.3m) including unrecognised deferred 
tax in respect of tax losses of £16.8m (2014: £14.3m) which are potentially available for offset against future profits. 

A deferred tax asset of £0.4m in respect of tax losses was recognised in 2014 as it was considered probable that future taxable profits 
would be available.

No deferred tax has been recognised on temporary differences associated with unremitted earnings of subsidiaries, other than £0.3m 
(2014: £0.1m) recognised by PVM, as the Group is able to control the timing of distributions and overseas dividends are largely exempt 
from UK tax. As at the balance sheet date, the Group had unrecognised deferred tax liabilities of £0.8m (2014: £0.9m) in respect of 
withholding tax on unremitted earnings.

82  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

20. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Settlement balances

Financial assets at FVTPL

Financial assets

Other debtors

Prepayments and accrued income

Corporation tax

Owed by associates and related parties

2015 
£m

94.2

2014 
£m

87.8

2,434.1

3,134.1

73.2

–

2,601.5

3,221.9

7.3

28.8

0.9

0.7

10.3

27.9

1.3

0.5

2,639.2

3,261.9

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables which are not held at fair value through profit or loss, 
approximate to their fair values.

The table below shows the ageing of trade receivables:

Less than 30 days (not yet due)

Between 30 and 60 days

Between 60 and 90 days

Greater than 90 days

Total past due

Trade receivables

2015 
£m

66.5

14.9

5.6

7.2

27.7

2014
£m

59.4

13.9

6.9

7.6

28.4

94.2

87.8

Trade receivables are shown net of a provision of £1.5m (2014: £1.8m) against certain trade receivables due after 90 days.

The table below shows the ageing of settlement balances:

Amounts not yet due

Less than 30 days

Between 30 and 60 days

Between 60 and 90 days

Greater than 90 days

Total past due

Settlement balances

2015
 £m

2014 
£m

2,300.9

3,082.5

133.1

0.1

–

–

133.2

45.2

4.6

1.6

0.2

51.6

2,434.1

3,134.1

Settlement balances arise on Matched Principal brokerage whereby securities are bought from one counterparty and simultaneously sold 
to another counterparty. The above analysis reflects only the receivable side of such transactions. Corresponding payable amounts are 
shown in Note 21 ‘Trade and other payables’.

Financial assets at FVTPL arise on simultaneous back-to-back derivative transactions with counterparties. The above analysis reflects only 
the asset side of such transactions. Corresponding liability amounts are shown in Note 21 ‘Trade and other payables’.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  83

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

21. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Settlement balances

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

Financial liabilities

Tax and social security

Other creditors

Accruals and deferred income

2015
£m

4.4

2014 
£m

5.4

2,433.8

3,132.3

73.2

–

2,511.4

3,137.7

17.0

2.0

136.3

18.2

3.1

110.2

2,666.7

3,269.2

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables which are not held at fair value through profit or loss, 
approximate to their fair values.

22. Interest bearing loans and borrowings 

2015

Sterling Notes July 2016

Sterling Notes June 2019

2014

Sterling Notes July 2016

Sterling Notes June 2019

Less than 
one year 
£m 

Greater than
 one year 
£m

140.9

–

140.9

–

–

–

–

79.3

79.3

140.6

79.1

219.7

Total 
£m

140.9

79.3

220.2

140.6

79.1

219.7

All amounts are denominated in Sterling and are stated after unamortised transaction costs. An analysis of borrowings by maturity has 
been disclosed in Note 25(e).

Sterling Notes: Due July 2016
In July 2009 £141,144,000 of 7.04% Guaranteed Notes due July 2016 were issued.

At 31 December 2015 their fair value (Level 1) was £144.0m (2014: £149.0m).

Sterling Notes: Due June 2019
In December 2012, the Group issued its first series of Sterling Notes, amounting to £80,000,000, under its Euro Medium Term Note 
Programme. The notes have a coupon of 5.25% and are due in June 2019.

At 31 December 2015 their fair value (Level 1) was £81.7m (2014: £82.4m).

Bank credit facility
During the year the Group renegotiated its committed revolving credit facility. The £150m facility maturing in April 2016 was replaced 
with a £250m facility maturing in April 2018. Neither facility was drawn during the year. Facility fees of £2.5m are payable annually on the 
new facility.

84  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

23. Provisions

2015

At 1 January 2015

(Credit)/charge to income statement

Utilisation of provision

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2015

2014

At 1 January 2014

Charge to income statement

Utilisation of provision

Recognised on acquisitions

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2014

Included in current liabilities

Included in non-current liabilities

Property 
£m

Restructuring
£m

Legal 
and other
 £m

5.9

(0.2)

(0.3)

0.2

5.6

2.4

3.8

(0.4)

–

0.1

5.9

8.9

21.4

(9.4)

0.5

21.4

1.7

21.4

(14.6)

–

0.4

8.9

1.5

0.6

(0.1)

0.1

2.1

2.0

0.1

(1.0)

0.3

0.1

1.5

2015
 £m

21.3

7.8

29.1

Total 
£m

16.3

21.8

(9.8)

0.8

29.1

6.1

25.3

(16.0)

0.3

0.6

16.3

2014 
£m

6.6

9.7

16.3

Property provisions outstanding as at 31 December 2015 relate to provisions in respect of onerous leases and building dilapidations. 
The onerous lease provision represents the net present value of the future rental cost net of expected sub-lease income. These leases 
expire in one to eleven years (2014: one to twelve years). The building dilapidations provision represents the estimated cost of making 
good dilapidations and disrepair on various leasehold buildings. The leases expire in one to six years.

Restructuring provisions outstanding as at 31 December 2015 relate to termination and other employee related costs, the majority 
of which are expected to be discharged during 2016.

Legal and other provisions include provisions for legal claims brought against subsidiaries of the Group together with provisions against 
obligations for certain employee related costs and non-property related onerous contracts. At present the timing of any payments is 
uncertain and provisions are subject to regular review. It is expected that the obligations will be discharged over the next three years.

24. Other long term payables

Accruals and deferred income

Deferred consideration (Note 29)

2015
 £m

8.4

13.8

22.2

2014
 £m

9.0

6.3

15.3

Accruals and deferred income includes deferred leasehold rental accruals that build up during rent free periods which are subsequently 
utilised over the rental payment period of the lease.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  85

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

25. Financial instruments
The following analysis should be read in conjunction with the information on risk management, capital employed and regulatory capital 
included in the Strategic Report on pages 19 to 24.

(a) Capital management
The Group’s policy is to maintain a capital base and funding structure that maintains creditor, regulator and market confidence and 
provides flexibility for business development whilst also optimising returns to shareholders. The capital structure of the Group consists 
of debt, as set out in Note 22, cash and cash equivalents, other current financial assets and equity attributable to equity holders of the 
parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in Notes 26 and 27.

The Group has an investment firm consolidation waiver under which it is required to monitor its compliance with a financial holding 
company test which takes into account the Company’s shareholders’ funds and the aggregated credit risk, market risk and fixed overhead 
requirements of the Company’s subsidiaries. A number of the Company’s subsidiaries are individually regulated and are required to 
maintain capital that is appropriate to the risks entailed in their businesses according to definitions that vary according to each jurisdiction.

(b) Categorisation of financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets

Available-for-
 sale assets
 £m

Loans and
 receivables
 £m

Financial 
assets
 at FVTPL 
£m

5.7

13.7

–

–

–

–

2.8

6.6

358.9

94.2

2,434.1

–

19.4

2,896.6

5.2

8.3

–

–

–

13.5

–

2.4

287.1

87.8

3,134.1

3,511.4

–

–

–

–

–

73.2

73.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£m

8.5

20.3

358.9

94.2

2,434.1

73.2

2,989.2

5.2

10.7

287.1

87.8

3,134.1

3,524.9

2015

Investments

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables 

Settlement balances

Financial assets at FVTPL

2014

Investments

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables 

Settlement balances

86  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are all held at amortised cost.

2015

Sterling Notes July 2016

Sterling Notes June 2019

Trade payables

Settlement balances

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

2014

Sterling Notes July 2016

Sterling Notes June 2019

Trade payables

Settlement balances

Amortised
 cost 
£m 

Financial
 liabilities 
at FVTPL
 £m

140.9

79.3

4.4

2,433.8

–

2,658.4

140.6

79.1

5.4

3,132.3

3,357.4

–

–

–

–

73.2

73.2

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£m

140.9

79.3

4.4

2,433.8

73.2

2,731.6

140.6

79.1

5.4

3,132.3

3,357.4

(c) Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial instruments at fair value through the income statement represent simultaneous back-to-back derivative transactions with 
counterparties and are reported as separate financial assets and financial liabilities in the statement of financial position. The transactions 
are subject to ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association) Master Netting Agreements which provide a legally enforceable 
right of offset on the occurrence of a specified event of default, or other events not expected to happen in the normal course of business, 
but are not otherwise enforceable.

Financial instruments subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements 
and similar arrangements

2015

Financial instruments at FVTPL

Related amounts not offset in the statement of financial position

Net position

2014

Net position

As at 31 December 2015 net notional values were £nil (2014: n/a). 

Financial 
assets 
£m

Financial 
liabilities 
£m

73.2

(73.2)

(73.2)

73.2

–

–

–

–

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  87

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

25. Financial instruments continued
(d) Credit risk analysis
The following table presents an analysis by rating agency designation of cash and cash equivalents, financial assets, trade receivables and 
settlement balances based on external ratings.

AAA to AA+

AA to A- 

BBB+ to BBB- 

BB+ to B- 

Unrated

Total

Provision for doubtful debts

Cash and cash equivalents 
and financial assets

Trade receivables

Settlement balances

2015 
£m

23.9

253.7

96.7

0.2

4.7

379.2

–

379.2

2014 
£m

6.3

281.1

9.8

–

0.6

297.8

–

297.8

2015
 £m

4.5

42.5

22.3

4.1

22.3

95.7

(1.5)

94.2

2014 
£m

0.2

57.8

12.1

1.8

17.7

89.6

(1.8)

87.8

2015
 £m

151.0

2014 
£m

33.7

1,009.0

2,174.3

795.3

49.1

429.7

671.5

24.5

230.1

2,434.1

3,134.1

–

–

2,434.1

3,134.1

In addition to the above, £2.2m (2014: £1.5m) of investments are rated AA to AA+, £0.7m are rated BBB- to BBB+ (2014: £1.0m) and 
£5.6m (2014: £2.7m) are unrated. At 31 December there was a £nil net position on financial instruments at FVTPL (Note 25(c)).

The carrying value of financial assets recorded in the Financial Statements, which is net of impairment losses, represents the Group’s 
maximum exposure to credit risk. None of the Group’s financial assets are secured by collateral or other credit enhancements.

In respect of trade receivables, the Group is not exposed to significant credit risk to a single counterparty or any group of counterparties.

Matched Principal brokerage transactions, whereby securities are bought from one counterparty and sold to another counterparty, are 
settled on a delivery versus payment basis. The above analysis reflects only the receivable side of such transactions, the other side being 
shown in trade and other payables. Settlement of such transactions typically takes place within a few business days according to the 
relevant market rules and conventions and the credit risk is considered to be minimal.

(e) Maturity profile of financial liabilities
The table below reflects the contractual maturities, including future interest obligations, of the Group’s financial liabilities as at 
31 December:

Due
 between
 3 months
 and
 12 months
 £m

Due 
between 
 1 year and 
 5 years 
£m

Due within 
 3 months
 £m

Due 
after 
5 years 
£m

2,433.8

23.3

4.4

–

–

2,461.5

3,132.3

5.4

–

–

3,137.7

–

49.9

–

151.1

4.2

205.2

–

–

9.9

4.2

14.1

–

–

–

–

90.5

90.5

–

–

151.1

96.8

247.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£m

2,433.8

73.2

4.4

151.1

94.7

2,757.2

3,132.3

5.4

161.0

101.0

3,399.7

2015

Settlement balances

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

Trade payables

Sterling Notes July 2016

Sterling Notes June 2019

2014

Settlement balances

Trade payables

Sterling Notes July 2016

Sterling Notes June 2019

88  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

(f) Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The table below illustrates the sensitivity of the profit for the year with regard to currency movements on financial assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies as at the year end. 

Based on a 5% weakening in the US dollar and Euro exchange rates against Sterling, the effect on profit for the year would be as follows:

Change in profit for the year

2015

2014

USD £m

EUR £m

USD £m

EUR £m

(0.6)

(0.5)

(0.8)

(0.6)

The Group would experience an equal and opposite foreign exchange gain should the US dollar and Euro exchange rates strengthen 
against Sterling.

(g) Interest rate sensitivity analysis
Interest on floating rate financial instruments is reset at intervals of less than one year. The Group’s exposure to interest rates arises on 
cash and cash equivalents and money market instruments. The Sterling Notes are fixed rate financial instruments.

A 100 basis point change in interest rates, applied to average floating rate financial instrument assets and liabilities during the year, 
would result in the following impact on profit or loss:

Income/(expense) arising on:

– floating rate assets

– floating rate liabilities

Net income/(expense) for the year

2015

2014

+100pts
 £m

-100pts
 £m

+100pts
 £m

-100pts
 £m

3.5

–

3.5

(1.7)

–

(1.7)

2.7

–

2.7

(1.3)

–

(1.3)

(h) Fair value measurements recognised in the statement of financial position
The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped 
into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

•  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
•  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable 

for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and 

•  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not 

based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  89

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

25. Financial instruments continued
(h) Fair value measurements recognised in the statement of financial position continued

2015

Investments 

– unlisted

– listed

Loans and receivables

Financial assets

– short term government securities

– financial assets at FVTPL

Financial liabilities

– financial liabilities at FVTPL 

2014

Investments 

– unlisted

– listed

Financial assets

– short term government securities

Level 1 
£m

Level 2
£m

Level 3 
£m

Total 
£m

–

0.7

–

13.7

–

–

14.4

–

1.0

8.3

9.3

–

–

–

–

73.2

(73.2)

–

–

–

–

–

5.0

–

2.8

–

–

–

7.8

4.2

–

–

4.2

5.0

0.7

2.8

13.7

73.2

(73.2)

22.2

4.2

1.0

8.3

13.5

In deriving the fair value of financial instruments at FVTPL valuation models were used which incorporated observable market data. There 
were no significant inputs used in the models that were unobservable.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and 2 during the year.

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets:

Balance as at 1 January

Unrealised gain/(loss) in other comprehensive income

Additions

Balance as at 31 December

2015 
£m

4.2

0.4

3.2

7.8

2014 
£m

4.6

(0.4)

–

4.2

There were no financial liabilities subsequently remeasured at fair value on a Level 3 fair value measurement basis.

The revaluation gain of £0.4m (2014: loss of £0.4m) relating to the revaluation of unlisted available-for-sale investments held at the 
balance sheet date is included within the ‘Revaluation reserve’.

26. Share capital

Allotted, issued and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 25p

Allotted, issued and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 25p

90  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

2015 
No.

2014 
No.

243,516,227 243,516,227

2015
 £m

2014 
£m

60.9

60.9

27. Reconciliation of shareholders’ funds
(a) Share capital, Share premium account, Merger reserve

2015

As at 1 January and 31 December 2015

60.9

17.1

178.5

256.5

Share 
 capital 
£m

Share 
premium 
account 
£m

Merger 
reserve
£m 

Total 
£m

2014

As at 1 January 2014

Issue of ordinary shares

Share issue costs

As at 31 December 2014

54.4

6.5

–

60.9

17.1

121.5

193.0

–

–

58.4

(1.4)

64.9

(1.4)

17.1

178.5

256.5

Share capital/Merger reserve
On 26 November 2014 the Group issued 25,776,523 ordinary shares with a fair value of £64.9m to acquire the issued share capital of PVM 
Oil Associates Limited. The £58.4m difference between the nominal value of the shares issued and their fair value has been credited to the 
merger reserve. The costs associated with this share issue have been charged against the reserve. As at 1 January 2014 the merger reserve 
related to prior share-based acquisitions and represented the difference between the value of those acquisitions and the amount required 
to be recorded in share capital.

(b) Other reserves

2015

As at 1 January 2015

Revaluation of investments

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Taxation charge on components of other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income

As at 31 December 2015

2014

As at 1 January 2014

Revaluation of investments

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Taxation charge on components of other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income

As at 31 December 2014

Reverse
 acquisition 
reserve
 £m 

Revaluation
 reserve 
£m 

Hedging 
and
 translation
 £m

(1,182.3)

–

–

–

–

(1,182.3)

(1,182.3)

–

–

–

–

(1,182.3)

1.4

0.1

–

(0.1)

–

1.4

1.9

(0.5)

–

–

(0.5)

1.4

7.6

–

8.7

(0.4)

8.3

15.9

0.4

–

7.4

(0.2)

7.2

7.6

Own 
 shares
 £m

Other
 reserves
 £m 

(0.1)

(1,173.4)

–

–

–

–

0.1

8.7

(0.5)

8.3

(0.1)

(1,165.1)

(0.1)

(1,180.1)

–

–

–

–

(0.5)

7.4

(0.2)

6.7

(0.1)

(1,173.4)

Reverse acquisition reserve
The acquisition of Collins Stewart Tullett plc by Tullett Prebon plc in 2006 was accounted for as a reverse acquisition. Under IFRS the 
consolidated accounts of Tullett Prebon plc are prepared as if they were a continuation of the consolidated accounts of Collins Stewart 
Tullett plc. The reverse acquisition reserve represents the difference between the initial equity share capital of Tullett Prebon plc and the 
share capital and share premium of Collins Stewart Tullett plc at the time of the acquisition. This resulted in the consolidated net assets 
before and after the acquisition remaining unchanged. 

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  91

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

27. Reconciliation of shareholders’ funds continued
(b) Other reserves continued
Revaluation reserve
The revaluation reserve represents the remeasurement of assets in accordance with IFRS that have been recorded in other 
comprehensive income.

Hedging and translation
The hedging and translation reserve records revaluation gains and losses arising on net investment hedges and the effect of changes 
in exchange rates on translation of foreign operations recorded in other comprehensive income.

Own shares
As at 31 December 2015, the Tullett Prebon plc Employee Benefit Trust 2007 held 202,029 ordinary shares (2014: 202,029 ordinary shares) 
with a fair value of £0.8m (2014: £0.6m).

(c) Total equity

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

2015

As at 1 January 2015

Profit for the year

Revaluation of investments

Exchange differences on translation of foreign 
operations

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit pension 
scheme asset

Taxation charge on components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid

Credit arising on share-based payment awards

Total from
   Note 27(a)
£m

  Total from
   Note 27(b) 
£m

Retained
 earnings
 £m

256.5

(1,173.4)

1,378.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

8.7

–

(0.5)

8.3

–

–

82.9

–

–

24.5

(8.6)

98.8

(41.0)

12.0

As at 31 December 2015

256.5

(1,165.1)

1,448.6

Total 
£m

461.9

82.9

0.1

8.7

24.5

(9.1)

107.1

(41.0)

12.0

540.0

2014

As at 1 January 2014

Profit for the year

Revaluation of investments

Exchange differences on translation of foreign 
operations

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit pension 
scheme asset

Taxation charge on components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid

Issue of ordinary shares

Share issue costs

Decrease in minority interests

Credit arising on share-based payment awards

193.0

(1,180.1)

1,383.4

396.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

64.9

(1.4)

–

–

–

(0.5)

7.4

–

(0.2)

6.7

–

–

–

–

–

24.6

–

–

10.0

(3.5)

31.1

(36.7)

–

–

(0.2)

1.2

24.6

(0.5)

7.4

10.0

(3.7)

37.8

(36.7)

64.9

(1.4)

(0.2)

1.2

As at 31 December 2014

256.5

(1,173.4)

1,378.8

461.9

Minority
 interests 
£m

Total 
 equity 
£m

1.6

0.4

–

0.1

–

–

0.5

(0.4)

–

1.7

2.1

0.4

–

0.3

–

–

0.7

(0.2)

–

–

(1.0)

–

1.6

463.5

83.3

0.1

8.8

24.5

(9.1)

107.6

(41.4)

12.0

541.7

398.4

25.0

(0.5)

7.7

10.0

(3.7)

38.5

(36.9)

64.9

(1.4)

(1.2)

1.2

463.5

92  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

  
 
28. Share-based payments 
Share option awards
As at 31 December 2015 the Group had one active equity-based long term incentive plan, the Tullett Prebon Long Term Incentive Plan, 
for the granting of non-transferable option awards to certain employees and executives.

Option awards granted under the plan typically become exercisable three years after grant date. The exercise of certain options is 
dependent on option holders meeting performance criteria. The maximum life of the options is 10 years after grant date. Options 
are settled in equity once exercised.

Outstanding options at 31 December 2015 and their estimated fair values when granted are set out below:

Awards

Long term incentive award (2009)

The following table shows the number of share options outstanding during 2015 and 2014:

Outstanding at start of the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

Awards
 outstanding 
 2015

Estimated 
fair value at
 grant date

302,148

199p

2015 
No.

2014
No.

302,148

1,061,558

–

(759,410)

302,148

302,148

302,148

302,148

The weighted average exercise price is £nil (2014: £nil).

As at 31 December 2015 the weighted average contractual life of outstanding share-based options was 3.5 years (2014: 4.5 years).

Share-based Deferred Bonus Plan
A Deferred Bonus Plan has been introduced for Senior Managers impacting the 2015 bonus year. Under this Plan, employees identified as 
Senior Managers had 20% of their discretionary 2015 bonus award deferred into Equity. As part of the introduction of the Deferred Bonus 
Plan, a Special Award was also granted to these employees. The number of deferred shares reflecting the monetary value of these awards 
will be determined in March 2016 at the then market price. 

The awards are subject to the completion of service conditions and the fulfilment of other conduct requirements. Deferred shares under 
the 2015 award will vest in the period to March 2019 and those under the Special Award will vest in the period to March 2018. Awards will 
be settled by the Tullett Prebon plc Employee Benefit Trust 2007 from shares purchased by it in the open market.

The fair value of the deferred shares equates to the monetary value of the awards at grant date and includes the value of expected 
dividends that will accrue to the beneficiaries. At the year-end closing share price of 372.1p the estimated total number of deferred 
shares under both awards would be 1,679,375.

Acquisition related share-based payments
As part of the acquisition of PVM, certain former shareholders are eligible to receive additional payments after three years’ service 
provided they remain as employees and PVM achieves revenue performance targets over that period. The Group has the sole right to issue 
equity or cash to satisfy these additional payments, which although deferred consideration in substance, are conditional on future 
employment, and the fair value of the payments as at the date of acquisition, which was estimated to be US$48.0m (£30.6m), is being 
recognised as a share-based expense, through the income statement and equity, over the three year service term. The share-based 
expense recognised in future periods will be adjusted to reflect actual service and revenue performance.

Charge arising from share-based option awards

Charge arising from share-based deferred bonus plans

Charge arising from acquisition related share-based payments

2015 
£m

–

1.5

10.5

12.0

2014
 £m

0.3

–

0.9

1.2

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  93

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder Information 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

29. Acquisitions
(a) Subsidiaries acquired during the year
MOAB Oil, Inc.
On 28 July 2015, the Group announced the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of MOAB Oil, Inc. (‘MOAB’). Initial cash consideration 
of £7.9m was paid on completion together with £3.7m for the working capital of the business, including its cash. Deferred contingent 
consideration is payable from the first anniversary of completion through to the fifth anniversary. The amount of deferred contingent 
consideration is dependent upon the performance of the business over the five year period and has an initial fair value of £8.4m. 
Intangible assets arising on the consolidation of MOAB amounted to £15.6m of which £14.5m relates to goodwill. Acquisition costs 
of £0.5m have been included in administrative expenses.

This transaction has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.

Net assets acquired

Property, plant and equipment 

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Intangible assets arising on consolidation

– other intangible assets

– goodwill

Fair value of total consideration

Satisfied by:

– initial cash consideration

– working capital cash payment

– deferred consideration

Fair value 
£m

0.7

3.4

1.7

(1.4)

4.4

1.1

14.5

20.0

7.9

3.7

8.4

20.0

Intangible assets arising on consolidation relate to the MOAB brand, £0.2m, the value of customer relationships, £0.9m, with the balance 
of £14.5m recognised as goodwill, representing the value of the established workforce and the business’s reputation. The goodwill arising 
is deductible for tax purposes in the US.

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Effect of movements in exchange rates

Goodwill at 31 December 2015

£m

14.5

0.9

15.4

The revenue, underlying operating profit and underlying earnings for the period since the date of the acquisition were £6.1m, £1.7m and 
£1.0m respectively. Had MOAB been acquired on 1 January 2015 revenue would have been £8.1m higher, underlying operating profit 
£1.4m higher and underlying earnings £0.7m higher.

94  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

(b) Analysis of deferred and contingent consideration in respect of acquisitions
Certain acquisitions made by the Group are satisfied in part by deferred or contingent deferred consideration. The Group has re-estimated 
the amounts due where necessary, with any corresponding adjustments being made profit or loss.

At 1 January

Acquisitions during the year

Remeasurement charge/(credit) taken to operating profit

Unwind of discount

Cash paid

Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December

Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts falling due after one year

At 31 December

30. Reconciliation of operating result to net cash from operating activities

Operating profit 

Adjustments for:

– Share-based compensation expense

– Pension scheme’s administration costs

– Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

– Amortisation of intangible assets

– Acquisition related share-based payment charge

– Amortisation of intangible assets arising on consolidation

– Goodwill impairment

– Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

– Loss on derecognition of intangible assets

– Loss on disposal of subsidiary undertakings

– Remeasurement of deferred consideration

Increase in provisions for liabilities and charges

Decrease in non-current liabilities

Operating cash flows before movement in working capital

Decrease in trade and other receivables

Decrease/(increase) in net settlement and trading balances

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operations

Income taxes paid

Interest paid

Net cash from operating activities

2015 
£m

2014 
£m

6.4

8.4

0.4

0.3

–

0.9

16.4

2.6

13.8

16.4

1.7

6.3

(1.0)

0.1

(0.7)

–

6.4

0.1

6.3

6.4

2015 
£m

121.9

2014
 £m

47.6

1.5

0.7

7.7

7.3

10.5

1.2

–

0.2

0.1

0.2

0.4

11.5

(0.8)

162.4

0.1

1.3

16.5

180.3

(19.5)

(16.8)

144.0

0.3

0.6

6.5

7.1

0.9

–

6.8

–

–

–

–

9.7

(1.6)

77.9

25.9

(1.1)

(17.3)

85.4

(15.9)

(16.7)

52.8

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  95

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

31. Analysis of net funds

2015

Cash

Cash equivalents

Client settlement money

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial assets

Total funds

Notes due within one year

Notes due after one year

At 
 1 January 
£m

Cash flow
 £m

Non-cash
 items 
£m

Exchange 
rate
 movements
 £m

At 
31 December
 £m

223.3

62.1

1.7

287.1

10.7

297.8

–

(219.7)

(219.7)

67.7

(1.6)

0.3

66.4

10.7

77.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(140.9)

140.4

(0.5)

5.7

(0.3)

–

5.4

(1.1)

4.3

–

–

–

296.7

60.2

2.0

358.9

20.3

379.2

(140.9)

(79.3)

(220.2)

Total net funds

78.1

77.1

(0.5)

4.3

159.0

2014

Cash

Cash equivalents

Client settlement money

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial assets

Total funds

Notes due within one year

Notes due after one year

212.6

37.4

1.6

251.6

31.2

282.8

(8.5)

(219.1)

(227.6)

5.5

24.5

0.1

30.1

(20.6)

9.5

8.5

–

8.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.6)

(0.6)

5.2

0.2

–

5.4

0.1

5.5

–

–

–

223.3

62.1

1.7

287.1

10.7

297.8

–

(219.7)

(219.7)

Total net funds

55.2

18.0

(0.6)

5.5

78.1

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and other short term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three 
months or less. As at 31 December 2015 cash and cash equivalents amounted to £358.9m (2014: £287.1m). Cash at bank earns interest 
at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short term deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three 
months depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short term deposit rates.

Financial assets comprise short term government securities and term deposits held with banks and clearing organisations.

32. Contingent liabilities
The Company is currently under investigation by the FCA in relation to certain trades undertaken between 2008 and 2011, including 
trades which are risk free, with no commercial rationale or economic purpose, on which brokerage is paid, and trades on which brokerage 
may have been improperly charged. As part of its investigation, the FCA is considering the extent to which during the relevant period 
(i) the Company’s systems and controls were adequate to manage the risks associated with such trades and (ii) whether certain of the 
Company’s managers were aware of, and/or managed appropriately the risks associated with, the trades. The FCA is also reviewing the 
circumstances surrounding a failure in 2011 to discover certain audio files and produce them to the FCA in a timely manner. As the 
investigation is ongoing, any potential liability arising from it cannot currently be quantified.

In respect of legal matters or disputes for which a provision has not been made, notwithstanding the uncertainties that are inherent in 
the outcome of such matters, there are no issues which are considered to pose a significant risk of material adverse financial impact on 
the Group’s results or net assets. 

In the normal course of business, certain Group companies enter into guarantees and indemnities to cover trading arrangements and/or 
the use of third party services or software.

96  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

33. Operating lease commitments

Minimum operating lease payments recognised in the income statement

2015 
£m

14.7

2014
 £m

16.7

At 31 December 2015 the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating 
leases, which fall due as follows:

Within one year

Within two to five years

Over five years

2015

2014

Buildings 
£m

Other 
£m

Buildings
£m

Other
 £m

13.8

41.3

37.8

92.9

0.8

0.3

–

1.1

14.1

41.3

44.5

99.9

1.1

0.5

–

1.6

34. Retirement benefits
(a) Defined benefit schemes
The Group operates one defined benefit pension scheme in the UK, the defined benefit section of the Tullett Prebon Pension Scheme (‘the 
Scheme’). In addition, there are a small number of schemes operated in other countries which collectively are not significant in the context 
of the Group.

The Scheme is a final salary, funded pension scheme that is closed to new members and future accrual. For members still in service there 
is a continuing link between benefits and pensionable pay. The Principal Employer is Tullett Prebon Group Limited.

The assets of the Scheme are held separately from those of the Group, either in separate trustee administered funds or in contract-based 
policies of insurance.

The latest funding actuarial valuations of the Scheme was carried out as at 30 April 2013 by independent qualified actuaries.

The amounts included in the balance sheet arising from the Group’s obligations in respect of the Scheme are as follows:

Fair value of Scheme assets 

Present value of Scheme liabilities

Defined benefit pension Scheme surplus

Deferred tax liability (Note 19)

2015 
£m

289.8

(201.6)

88.2

2014
 £m

255.7

(193.6)

62.1

(30.9)

(21.7)

The main financial assumptions used by the independent qualified actuaries of the Scheme to calculate the liabilities under IAS 19 were:

Key assumptions

Discount rate

Expected rate of salary increases

Rate of increase in LPI pensions in payment(1)

Inflation assumption

2015
 %

3.70

4.65

2.30

2.30

2014
 %

3.70

4.55

2.20

2.20

Note:
(1)  This applies to pensions accrued from 6 April 1997. The majority of current and future pensions receive fixed increases in payment of either 0% or 2.5%.

The mortality assumptions are based on standard mortality tables and allow for future mortality improvements and are the same as 
those adopted for the 2013 funding valuation. Assumptions for the Scheme are that a member who retires in 15 years’ time at age 60 will 
live on average for a further 31.4 years (2014: 31.2 years) after retirement if they are male and for a further 32.8 years (2014: 32.6 years) 
after retirement if they are female. Current pensioners are assumed to have a generally shorter life expectancy based on their current age.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  97

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

34. Retirement benefits continued
(a) Defined benefit schemes continued
The valuation of the Scheme liabilities is sensitive to changes in the assumptions used. The effect of changes in the discount rate, inflation 
and mortality assumptions, assuming an independent change in one assumption with all others held constant, on the liabilities is 
shown below:

As at 31 December 2015

Following a 0.25% decrease in the discount rate

Following a 0.25% increase in the inflation assumption

Life expectancy increases by 3 years

Scheme
 assets 
£m

Scheme 
liabilities
£m

289.8

(201.6)

Surplus/

(deficit) 

£m

88.2

Change

New value

Change

New value

Change

New value

0%

289.8

0%

289.8

0%

289.8

(4.6%)

(210.9)

(1.8%)

(205.2)

(6.6%)

(214.9)

(10.5%)

78.9

(4.1%)

84.6

(15.1%)

74.9

Note:
The above analysis does not reflect any inter-relationship between the assumptions.

Changes to the risks inherent in the Scheme would result in changes to the Scheme’s carrying value. The most significant risks are: 
investment performance – the liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set by reference to bond yields. If assets underperform 
this yield, this would result in the carrying value of the Scheme reducing; changes in bond yields – a decrease in corporate bond yields 
will increase the value placed on the Scheme’s liabilities; inflation risk – some of the Scheme’s liabilities are linked to inflation, and 
higher inflation would lead to higher liabilities (mitigated by a cap on the level of inflationary increases which protects against extreme 
inflationary increases); and life expectancy – the majority of the Scheme’s obligations are for the life of the member, so increases in 
life expectancy will result in an increase in the liabilities.

The amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of the Scheme were as follows:

Deemed interest arising on the defined benefit pension scheme surplus

2015
 £m

2.3

2014 
£m

2.2

Deemed interest arising on the defined benefit pension scheme surplus has been included within finance income (Note 8).  
Scheme expenses for the year of £0.7m (2014: £0.6m) have been included in administrative expenses.

The amounts recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of the Scheme were as follows:

Return on Scheme assets (excluding deemed interest income) – Trustee administered funds

Return on Scheme assets (excluding deemed interest income) – revaluation of insurance policies

Actuarial losses arising on the revaluation of insurance policies

Actuarial losses arising from changes in financial assumptions

Actuarial losses arising from changes in demographic assumptions

Actuarial gains arising from experience adjustments

Remeasurement of the defined benefit pension scheme

2015 
£m

29.8

–

–

(0.8)

(6.7)

2.2

24.5

2014
 £m

25.2

0.4

(0.4)

(16.8)

–

1.6

10.0

98  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Movements in the present value of the Scheme liabilities were as follows:

At 1 January

Deemed interest cost

Actuarial losses on the revaluation of insurance policies

Actuarial losses arising from changes in financial assumptions

Actuarial losses arising from changes in demographic assumptions

Actuarial gains arising from experience adjustments

Benefits paid/transfers out

At 31 December

Movements in the fair value of the Scheme assets were as follows:

At 1 January

Deemed interest income

Return on Scheme assets (excluding deemed interest income) – Trustee administered funds

Return on Scheme assets (excluding deemed interest income) – revaluation of insurance policies

Benefits paid/transfers out

Administrative expense

At 31 December

The major categories and fair values of the Scheme assets as at 31 December were as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents

Equity instruments

– Consumer products

– Industrials

– Business services

Insurance policies

Other receivables

At 31 December

2015 
£m

2014 
£m

(193.6)

(175.6)

(7.1)

–

(0.8)

(6.7)

2.2

4.4

(7.6)

(0.4)

(16.8)

–

1.6

5.2

(201.6)

(193.6)

2015 
£m

255.7

9.4

29.8

–

(4.4)

(0.7)

2014
£m

226.1

9.8

25.2

0.4

(5.2)

(0.6)

289.8

255.7

2015 
£m

3.9

222.8

21.1

36.3

280.2

4.4

1.3

2014 
£m

6.4

197.4

20.0

26.6

244.0

4.5

0.8

289.8

255.7

All equity instruments have quoted prices in active markets (Level 1). The Scheme does not hedge against foreign currency exposures 
or interest rate risk.

The Scheme duration is an indicator of the weighted average time until benefit payments are made. For the Scheme as a whole, the 
duration is around 20 years reflecting the approximate split of the defined benefit liability between current employees (duration of 
25 years), deferred members (duration of 23 years) and current pensioners (duration of 13 years).

The estimated amounts of contributions expected to be paid into the Scheme during 2016 is £nil.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  99

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

34. Retirement benefits continued
(b) Defined contribution pensions
The Group operates a number of defined contribution schemes for qualifying employees. The assets of these schemes are held separately 
from those of the Group.

The defined contribution pension cost for the Group charged to administrative expenses was £7.1m (2014: £6.9m), of which £2.0m 
(2014: £2.0m) related to overseas schemes.

As at 31 December 2015, there was £0.6m outstanding in respect of the current reporting period that had not been paid over to the 
schemes (2014: £0.6m).

35. Client money
Client money held was £2.0m (2014: £1.7m). This represents balances held by the Group received as an indirect consequence of certain 
transactions undertaken with counterparties.

36. Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not 
disclosed in this Note.

The total amounts owed to and from related parties and associates at 31 December 2015, which also represents the value of transactions 
during the year, are set out below:

Associates

Related parties

Amounts owed by  
related parties

Amounts owed to 
related parties

2015
£m

0.7

–

2014 
£m

0.5

–

2015
 £m

–

–

2014
 £m

–

–

The amounts outstanding are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No guarantees have been given or received. No provisions have been 
made for doubtful debts in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.

Directors
Costs in respect of the Directors who were the key management personnel of the Group during the year are set out below in aggregate for 
each of the categories specified in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’. Further information about the individual Directors is provided in the 
audited part of the Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 39 to 52.

Short term benefits

Share-based payment expense

Social security costs

2015
 £m

3.8

–

0.5

4.3

2014 
£m

2.5

0.4

0.3

3.2

100  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

37. Group subsidiaries and undertakings 
At 31 December 2015, the following companies were the Group’s subsidiary undertakings and associates.

Principal subsidiary undertakings

Tullett Prebon (Australia) Pty. Limited 

Marshalls (Bahrain) WLL(1)

Tullett Liberty (Bahrain) Company W.L.L.

PVM Oil Associates Limited

Tullett Prebon Holdings do Brasil Ltda.

Tullett Prebon Brasil S.A. Corretora de Valores e Câmbio

Tullett Prebon Canada Limited

Tullett Prebon Group Holdings plc 

TP Holdings Limited

Tullett Prebon Group Limited 

Tullett Prebon Investment Holdings Limited

Tullett Prebon (Europe) Limited 

Tullett Prebon (Securities) Limited

Tullett Prebon (Equities) Limited

PVM Oil Futures Limited

Tullett Prebon Information Limited 

Tullett Prebon (Hong Kong) Limited 

PT. Inti Tullett Prebon Indonesia 

Country of 
incorporation 
and operation

Australia

Bahrain

Bahrain

Bermuda
Operating in England & Wales

Principal
activities

Issued ordinary 
shares, all voting 

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Brazil

Brazil

Canada

Holding company

Broking

Broking

England & Wales

Holding company

England & Wales

Holding company

England & Wales

Service company

England & Wales

Holding company

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Guernsey
Operating in England & Wales

Information sales

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Japan 

Japan

Korea

Mexico

Philippines

Poland

Singapore

Singapore

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

100%

70%

85%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

57.52%

100%

100%

100%

100%

51%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  101

Tullett Prebon ETP (Japan) Limited (formerly Tullett Prebon FXO (Japan) Limited) 

Tullett Prebon (Japan) Limited

Tullett Prebon Money Brokerage (Korea) Limited

Tullett Prebon México SA de CV

Tullett Prebon (Philippines) Inc. 

Tullett Prebon (Polska) SA

Tullett Prebon Energy (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. 

Tullett Prebon (Singapore) Limited 

Prebon Technology Services (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

Singapore

IT support services

PVM Oil Associates Pte. Ltd.

PVM Oil Futures Pte. Ltd.

Tullett Prebon South Africa (Pty) Limited

Cosmorex A.G.

Tullett Prebon (Dubai) Limited

Tullett Prebon (Americas) Holdings Inc.

Tullett Prebon Americas Corp

Tullett Prebon Financial Services LLC 

tpSEF Inc.

PVM Oil Associates Inc.

PVM Oil Futures Inc.

Tullett Prebon Information Inc.

Note:
(1)  The Group’s interest in the trading results is 90%.

Singapore

Singapore

South Africa

Switzerland

UAE

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Holding company

Holding company

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Information sales

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
for the year ended 31 December 2015

37. Group subsidiaries and undertakings continued

Other subsidiary undertakings

Fulton Prebon Holdings N.V.

PVM Data Services GmbH

OTC Valuations Limited

Prebon Technology Services (Canada) Limited

PVM Oil Associates Canada Limited

M.W. Marshall (UK) Limited

Prebon Limited

Prebon Group Limited

Prebon Yamane International Limited

PVM Oil Consultants Limited

Swardgreen Limited

Tullett Liberty (European Holdings) Limited

Tullett Liberty (Futures Holdings) Limited

Tullett Liberty (Power) Limited

Tullett Liberty (Securities Holdings) Limited

Tullett Liberty Brokerage Services (UK) Limited

Tullett Prebon (No.3) Limited

Tullett Prebon (No.1) 

Tullett Prebon (Oil) Limited

Tullett Prebon (UK) Limited

Tullett Prebon Administration Limited

Tullett Prebon Information Limited

Country of 
incorporation 
and operation

Aruba

Principal
activities

Dormant

Austria

Information sales

Canada

Canada

Canada

England & Wales

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

England & Wales

Holding company

England & Wales

Holding company

England & Wales

Service company

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Financing 

Financing 

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Tullett Prebon Latin America Holdings Limited

England & Wales

Holding company

Germany

Germany

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Jersey

Holding company

Jersey

Netherlands
Operating in England & Wales

Dormant

Dormant

Netherlands

Holding company

Netherlands
Operating in England & Wales

Holding company

Singapore

USA

USA

USA

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Tullett Liberty GmbH

Tullett Securities GmbH Deutschland

M.W. Marshall (Hong Kong) Limited

Marshalls (London) Investment Limited

Tullett Prebon Asia Group Limited

M.W. Marshall (Overseas) Limited

Prebon Marshall Yamane (C.I.) Ltd

Gains International Infocom Holdings B.V.

Prebon Holdings B.V.

Tullett Liberty B.V.

Prebon (Singapore) Holdings Ltd

Birdie Holdings I, LLC

C&W Corporate Securities, LLC

Chapdelaine Corporate Securities & Co.

102  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Issued ordinary 
shares, all voting 

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

99.92%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Other subsidiary undertakings

Chapdelaine Tullett Prebon LLC

M.W. Marshall Inc.

MOAB Oil, Inc.

Prebon Financial Products Inc.

PVM Energy LLC

Tullett Liberty Brokerage Inc.

Country of 
incorporation 
and operation

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

Principal
activities

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Issued ordinary 
shares, all voting 

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

All the above subsidiary undertakings are owned indirectly, with the exception of Tullett Prebon Group Holdings plc and PVM Oil 
Associates Limited, which are owned directly. They all have a 31 December year end with the exception of Tullett Prebon (Japan) Limited 
which has a 31 March year end.

As at 31 December 2015, £1.7m (2014: £1.6m) is due to minority interests relating to those subsidiaries that are not wholly owned. 
Movement in minority interests is set out in Note 27(c). No individual minority interest is material to the Group. There are no significant 
restrictions on the ability of the Group to access or use assets and settle liabilities relating to these subsidiaries.

Associates

Tullett Prebon SITICO (China) Limited

Parekh (Forex) Private Limited 

Prebon Yamane (India) Limited

Wall Street Tullett Prebon Limited 

Energy Curves LLC 

Country of 
incorporation
 and operation

China

India 

India

Thailand

USA

Principal 
activities

Issued ordinary
 shares, all voting 

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

Broking

33%

26%

48%

49%

25%

All associates are held indirectly. They all have a 31 December year end with the exception of Parekh (Forex) Private Limited, which has 
a 31 March year end.

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  103

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationCompany Balance sheet
as at 31 December 2015

Fixed assets

Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Prepayments and accrued income

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due after one year

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Other long term payables

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Own shares

Profit and loss account

Total equity

Notes

2015
 £m

2014 
£m

4

1,077.2

1,040.8

5

7

6

8

74.9

3.1

78.0

(18.4)

(1.8)

(20.2)

57.8

30.9

0.7

31.6

(5.4)

–

(5.4)

26.2

1,135.0

1,067.0

(79.3)

(6.4)

(85.7)

1,049.3

60.9

17.1

57.0

(0.1)

914.4

1,049.3

(79.1)

(5.8)

(84.9)

982.1

60.9

17.1

57.0

(0.1)

847.2

982.1

The Financial Statements of Tullett Prebon plc (registered number 5807599) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for 
issue on 1 March 2016 and are signed on its behalf by

John Phizackerley
Chief Executive

104  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2015

Share 
capital
 £m

Share
 premium
 account 
£m

Merger
 reserve
 £m

Own
shares 
£m

Profit and
 loss account
 £m

2015

Balance at 1 January 2015

60.9

17.1

57.0

(0.1)

Profit for the year

Dividends paid

Credit arising on share-based awards

Balance at 31 December 2015

2014

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

60.9

17.1

57.0

(0.1)

Balance at 1 January 2014

54.4

17.1

Profit for the year

Dividends paid

Credit arising on share-based awards

Issue of ordinary shares

Share issue costs

Balance at 31 December 2014

–

–

–

6.5

–

60.9

–

–

–

–

–

17.1

–

–

–

–

58.4

(1.4)

57.0

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
equity
 £m

982.1

96.2

(41.0)

12.0

1,049.3

882.5

71.6

(36.7)

1.2

64.9

(1.4)

847.2

96.2

(41.0)

12.0

914.4

811.1

71.6

(36.7)

1.2

–

–

(0.1)

847.2

982.1

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  105

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder Information 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2015

1. Basis of preparation
Following the publication of FRS 100 ‘Application of Financial Reporting Requirements’ by the Financial Reporting Council, the Company 
has changed its accounting framework for its entity financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2015. The Directors considered, 
and no shareholders objected, that it was in the best interest of the Company to adopt FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. No 
disclosures previously made in the Company’s financial statements are omitted on the adoption of FRS 101.

The separate Financial Statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act. They have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention and in accordance with applicable United Kingdom law and United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice. As discussed on page 37 of the Directors’ Report, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the going concern basis continues to be used in 
preparing these Financial Statements.

As permitted by FRS 101, the company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to 
share-based payments, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of comparative information in respect of certain assets, 
presentation of a cash-flow statement and certain related party transactions.

2. Significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted are the same as those set out in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements except 
as noted below.

Investments in subsidiaries and associates are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment.

The Company has share-based payment arrangements involving employees of its subsidiaries. The cost of these arrangements 
is measured by reference to the fair value of equity instruments on the date they are granted. Cost is recognised in ‘investment in 
subsidiary undertakings’ and credited to the ‘profit and loss account’ reserves on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Where 
the cost is subsequently recharged to the subsidiary, it is recognised as a reduction in ‘investment in subsidiary undertakings’.

The Company is the sponsor of the Tullett Prebon plc Employee Benefit Trust 2007 and applies the ’look-through’ approach to the Trust’s 
assets, liabilities and results which are included as part of the Company.

3. Profit for the year
As permitted in section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss account for 
the year. The Company reported a profit for the financial year ended 31 December 2015 of £96.2m (2014: £71.6m).

The auditor’s remuneration for audit and other services is disclosed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

 4. Investments in subsidiary undertakings

Cost

At 1 January

Capital contribution arising on share-based awards

Increase in investment in subsidiary undertaking

Acquisition of subsidiary

At 31 December

2015
 £m

2014 
£m

1,040.8

957.6

12.0

24.4

–

1.2

11.3

70.7

1,077.2

1,040.8

The acquisition in 2014 was of PVM Oil Associates Limited (‘PVM’). The Company issued 25.8m shares with a fair value of £64.9m to 
acquire 100% of the share capital of PVM. Further deferred consideration with an estimated fair value of £5.8m, payable in shares or 
cash at the Company’s discretion, is payable in 2017.

Further information about subsidiaries, including disclosures about non-controlling interests, is provided in Note 37 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

5. Trade and other payables

Amounts falling due within one year

Accruals and deferred income

Amounts due to Group undertakings

106  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

2015 
£m

5.1

13.3

18.4

2014 
£m

2.6

2.8

5.4

6. Other long term payables

Amounts falling due after one year

Deferred consideration

2015
£m

6.4

6.4

2014 
£m

5.8

5.8

7. Interest bearing loans and deposits
Sterling Notes: Due June 2019
In 2012 the Company issued Sterling Notes, amounting to £80,000,000, under its Euro Medium Term Note Programme. The notes have a 
coupon of 5.25% and are due in June 2019. The notes are guaranteed by a fellow Group undertaking, TP Holdings Limited, for the period 
that the Group’s Sterling Notes due July 2016 remain outstanding.

At 31 December 2015, the carrying value of Sterling Notes due 2019, together with unamortised transaction costs, amounted to £79.3m 
(2014: £79.1m) and their fair value was £81.7m (2014: £82.4m).

8. Share capital and reserves

Allotted, issued and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 25p

Allotted, issued and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 25p

2015
 No.

2014 
No.

243,516,227 243,516,227

2015
 £m

2014
 £m

60.9

60.9

25,776,523 ordinary shares were issued on 26 November 2014 with a fair value of £64.9m in connection with the acquisition of PVM Oil 
Associates Limited.

Descriptions of the merger reserve and own shares, together with the movements in those reserves, are disclosed in Note 27 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

As at 31 December 2015 the Company’s distributable reserves amounted to £914.4m (2014: £847.2m).

Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015  |  107

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsShareholder InformationShareholder Information

Financial calendar for 2016
28 April
Ex-dividend Date

29 April
Dividend Record Date

12 May (2.00pm)
Annual General Meeting

19 May
Dividend payment date

Dividend mandate
Shareholders who wish their dividends to be paid directly into a bank or building society account should contact Capita Asset Services for 
a dividend mandate form. This method of payment removes the risk of delay or loss of dividend cheques in the post and ensures that 
shareholders’ accounts are credited on the dividend payment date.

Shareholder information on the internet
The Company maintains an investor relations page on its website, www.tullettprebon.com, which allows access to share price 
information, Directors’ biographies, copies of Company reports, selected press releases and other useful investor information.

Registered office
Tullett Prebon plc 
Tower 42, Level 37 
25 Old Broad Street 
London EC2N 1HQ 
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0)20 7200 7000
Website: www.tullettprebon.com

Registrar
Capita Asset Services 
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU
Tel: 0871 664 0300*
From overseas: +44 (0)20 8639 3399

* Calls cost 12p per minute plus your phone company’s access charge. From overseas +44 20 8639 3399 calls outside the United Kingdom 
will be charged at the applicable international rate. We are open between 9.00am – 5.30pm, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in 
England and Wales.

To access and maintain your shareholding online: www.capitashareportal.com

Auditor
Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor 
Hill House
1 Little New Street 
London EC4A 3TR 
United Kingdom 
www.deloitte.com

Tullett Prebon plc is a company incorporated and registered in England and Wales with number 5807599

108  |  Tullett Prebon plc Annual Report 2015

This report has been printed on paper which supports the FSC (Forest Stewardship Council) chain of custody 
environmental sustainment programme. The material used throughout the report is biodegradable, fully 
recyclable and elemental chlorine free. Both the paper mill and printer involved in the production support the 
growth of responsible forest management and are both accredited to ISO 14001 which specifies a process for 
continuous environmental improvement. Vegetable based inks were used throughout the production process.

 
Tullett Prebon plc 
Tower 42 Level 37  
25 Old Broad Street  
London EC2N 1HQ  
United Kingdom 
www.tullettprebon.com

T

u

l

l

e

t

t

P

r

e

b

o

n

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

5